WO2020220733A1 - 一种开放双耳式耳机 - Google Patents

一种开放双耳式耳机 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020220733A1
WO2020220733A1 PCT/CN2020/070539 CN2020070539W WO2020220733A1 WO 2020220733 A1 WO2020220733 A1 WO 2020220733A1 CN 2020070539 W CN2020070539 W CN 2020070539W WO 2020220733 A1 WO2020220733 A1 WO 2020220733A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sound
frequency
point
acoustic
sound guide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/070539
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张磊
付峻江
闫冰岩
廖风云
齐心
Original Assignee
深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Publication of WO2020220733A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020220733A1/zh
Priority to US17/320,253 priority Critical patent/US11689837B2/en
Priority to US18/337,424 priority patent/US20230336902A1/en
Priority to US18/357,092 priority patent/US20230362557A1/en
Priority to US18/361,807 priority patent/US20230370791A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02C—SPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C11/00—Non-optical adjuncts; Attachment thereof
    • G02C11/10—Electronic devices other than hearing aids
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1016—Earpieces of the intra-aural type
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02C—SPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C11/00—Non-optical adjuncts; Attachment thereof
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
    • G06F3/162—Interface to dedicated audio devices, e.g. audio drivers, interface to CODECs
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
    • G06F3/165—Management of the audio stream, e.g. setting of volume, audio stream path
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/16—Sound input; Sound output
    • G06F3/167—Audio in a user interface, e.g. using voice commands for navigating, audio feedback
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G10—MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10L—SPEECH ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES OR SPEECH SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
    • G10L21/00—Speech or voice signal processing techniques to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g. visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility
    • G10L21/02—Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation
    • G10L21/0208—Noise filtering
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G10—MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10L—SPEECH ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES OR SPEECH SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
    • G10L21/00—Speech or voice signal processing techniques to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g. visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility
    • G10L21/02—Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation
    • G10L21/038—Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation using band spreading techniques
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/03—Constructional features of telephone transmitters or receivers, e.g. telephone hand-sets
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/03—Constructional features of telephone transmitters or receivers, e.g. telephone hand-sets
    • H04M1/035—Improving the acoustic characteristics by means of constructional features of the housing, e.g. ribs, walls, resonating chambers or cavities
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/78—Circuit arrangements in which low-frequency speech signals proceed in one direction on the line, while speech signals proceeding in the other direction on the line are modulated on a high-frequency carrier signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/02—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/02—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein
    • H04R1/026—Supports for loudspeaker casings
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/02—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein
    • H04R1/028—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein associated with devices performing functions other than acoustics, e.g. electric candles
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1008—Earpieces of the supra-aural or circum-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1025—Accumulators or arrangements for charging
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1041—Mechanical or electronic switches, or control elements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1075—Mountings of transducers in earphones or headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1083—Reduction of ambient noise
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/24—Structural combinations of separate transducers or of two parts of the same transducer and responsive respectively to two or more frequency ranges
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/24—Structural combinations of separate transducers or of two parts of the same transducer and responsive respectively to two or more frequency ranges
    • H04R1/245—Structural combinations of separate transducers or of two parts of the same transducer and responsive respectively to two or more frequency ranges of microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/26—Spatial arrangements of separate transducers responsive to two or more frequency ranges
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2803—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2811—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2838—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements of the bandpass type
    • H04R1/2842—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements of the bandpass type for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2807—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements
    • H04R1/2853—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements using an acoustic labyrinth or a transmission line
    • H04R1/2857—Enclosures comprising vibrating or resonating arrangements using an acoustic labyrinth or a transmission line for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H04R1/2869—Reduction of undesired resonances, i.e. standing waves within enclosure, or of undesired vibrations, i.e. of the enclosure itself
    • H04R1/2892—Mountings or supports for transducers
    • H04R1/2896—Mountings or supports for transducers for loudspeaker transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/342—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/345—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/345—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for loudspeakers
    • H04R1/347—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means for loudspeakers for obtaining a phase-shift between the front and back acoustic wave
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/32—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only
    • H04R1/34—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means
    • H04R1/38—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired directional characteristic only by using a single transducer with sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means in which sound waves act upon both sides of a diaphragm and incorporating acoustic phase-shifting means, e.g. pressure-gradient microphone
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/44—Special adaptations for subaqueous use, e.g. for hydrophone
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R3/005—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones for combining the signals of two or more microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R3/02—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones for preventing acoustic reaction, i.e. acoustic oscillatory feedback
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R3/12—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones for distributing signals to two or more loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R3/12—Circuits for transducers, loudspeakers or microphones for distributing signals to two or more loudspeakers
    • H04R3/14—Cross-over networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/02—Spatial or constructional arrangements of loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/033—Headphones for stereophonic communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R5/00—Stereophonic arrangements
    • H04R5/033—Headphones for stereophonic communication
    • H04R5/0335—Earpiece support, e.g. headbands or neckrests
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R9/00—Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type
    • H04R9/06—Loudspeakers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04S—STEREOPHONIC SYSTEMS 
    • H04S7/00—Indicating arrangements; Control arrangements, e.g. balance control
    • H04S7/30—Control circuits for electronic adaptation of the sound field
    • H04S7/302—Electronic adaptation of stereophonic sound system to listener position or orientation
    • H04S7/303—Tracking of listener position or orientation
    • H04S7/304—For headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80—Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02C—SPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES
    • G02C11/00—Non-optical adjuncts; Attachment thereof
    • G02C11/06—Hearing aids
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G10—MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10L—SPEECH ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES OR SPEECH SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
    • G10L21/00—Speech or voice signal processing techniques to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g. visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility
    • G10L21/02—Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation
    • G10L21/0208—Noise filtering
    • G10L21/0216—Noise filtering characterised by the method used for estimating noise
    • G10L2021/02161—Number of inputs available containing the signal or the noise to be suppressed
    • G10L2021/02166—Microphone arrays; Beamforming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/105—Earpiece supports, e.g. ear hooks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2201/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones covered by H04R1/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/10—Details of earpieces, attachments therefor, earphones or monophonic headphones covered by H04R1/10 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/103—Combination of monophonic or stereophonic headphones with audio players, e.g. integrated in the headphone
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2201/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones covered by H04R1/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/40—Details of arrangements for obtaining desired directional characteristic by combining a number of identical transducers covered by H04R1/40 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2201/401—2D or 3D arrays of transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2410/00—Microphones
    • H04R2410/05—Noise reduction with a separate noise microphone
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2420/00—Details of connection covered by H04R, not provided for in its groups
    • H04R2420/07—Applications of wireless loudspeakers or wireless microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2430/00—Signal processing covered by H04R, not provided for in its groups
    • H04R2430/03—Synergistic effects of band splitting and sub-band processing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2430/00—Signal processing covered by H04R, not provided for in its groups
    • H04R2430/20—Processing of the output signals of the acoustic transducers of an array for obtaining a desired directivity characteristic
    • H04R2430/21—Direction finding using differential microphone array [DMA]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2430/00—Signal processing covered by H04R, not provided for in its groups
    • H04R2430/20—Processing of the output signals of the acoustic transducers of an array for obtaining a desired directivity characteristic
    • H04R2430/23—Direction finding using a sum-delay beam-former
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2460/00—Details of hearing devices, i.e. of ear- or headphones covered by H04R1/10 or H04R5/033 but not provided for in any of their subgroups, or of hearing aids covered by H04R25/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2460/13—Hearing devices using bone conduction transducers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2499/00—Aspects covered by H04R or H04S not otherwise provided for in their subgroups
    • H04R2499/10—General applications
    • H04R2499/11—Transducers incorporated or for use in hand-held devices, e.g. mobile phones, PDA's, camera's
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04S—STEREOPHONIC SYSTEMS 
    • H04S2400/00—Details of stereophonic systems covered by H04S but not provided for in its groups
    • H04S2400/11—Positioning of individual sound objects, e.g. moving airplane, within a sound field

Definitions

  • This application generally relates to the field of electronic equipment, and in particular to an open binaural headset.
  • Earphones and headsets are the most common in daily life. They form a closed coupling with the user’s ear holes, which greatly reduces sound leakage.
  • long-term use can cause ear pain and hearing loss; and the user does not wear it. It is easy to perceive external sounds, which is potentially dangerous. For example, when a user wears headphones and crosses a road, it is difficult to hear the car whistle, which may cause accidents. Therefore, open binaural headphones came into being.
  • open binaural headphones will generally have sound leakage when used, especially when the volume is relatively large and the environment is relatively quiet, the sound leakage will be particularly prominent and obvious, which not only affects the work or life of people around you , And also reveal what the user is listening to. Therefore, there is a need to provide an open binaural earphone with improved sound leakage prevention capabilities.
  • this application provides an open binaural earphone that divides the frequency of the audio signal and utilizes the setting of multiple sound guide holes and adjusts the distance between the sound guide holes to improve the sound leakage reduction ability of the earphone. Thereby enhancing the user experience.
  • the open binaural headset may include a housing, the housing may be placed on the user's head or ears without blocking the user's ear canal, and at least one low-frequency speaker unit and at least one high-frequency speaker unit may be provided in the housing.
  • Frequency speaker unit The at least one low frequency speaker unit outputs sound in the first frequency range from at least two first sound guide holes through at least two first sound pipes; the at least one tweeter unit passes through at least two second guide holes.
  • the sound tube outputs sound in a corresponding second frequency range from at least two second sound guide holes, wherein the second frequency range may include frequencies higher than the first frequency range.
  • the first frequency range may include frequencies below 650 Hz, and the second frequency range may include frequencies above 1000 Hz.
  • the first frequency range and the second frequency range may overlap.
  • first distance between the two first sound guide holes there is a first distance between the two first sound guide holes, a second distance between the two second sound guide holes, and the first distance may be greater than the second distance. spacing.
  • the first distance may not be greater than 40 mm, and the second distance may not be greater than 7 mm.
  • the first distance may be 30 mm, and the second distance may be 5 mm.
  • a distance from the user’s ear holes may not be greater than 10 cm.
  • the radius of the first sound pipe or the second sound pipe may be in the range of 1.75mm-5mm.
  • the length of the first sound guide tube or the second sound guide tube may not be greater than 100 mm.
  • the ratio of the length to the diameter of the first sound pipe or the second sound pipe may not be greater than 200.
  • the sounds output from the at least two first sound guide holes may have the same phase.
  • the sounds output from the at least two second sound guide holes may have opposite phases.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a dual-point sound source according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Fig. 2 is a graph showing the variation of leakage sound of a dual-point sound source and a single-point sound source with frequency according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 3A and 3B are exemplary graphs showing changes in near-field listening volume and far-field leakage volume with the distance between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 4 is an exemplary structural block diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of acoustic output according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of sound output according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A and 7B are structural schematic diagrams of acoustic output devices according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of acoustic paths according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is an exemplary graph of sound leakage under the joint action of two sets of two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of two point sound sources and listening positions according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency of two-point sound sources with different spacings according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a graph of normalized parameters of two-point sound sources with different spacing in the far field as a function of frequency according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary distribution of baffles arranged between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency when the auricle is located between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a graph showing the variation of the leakage sound volume with frequency when the auricle is located between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 17 is a graph of normalized parameters changing with frequency when the two-point sound source of the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application is distributed on both sides of the auricle;
  • FIG. 18 is a graph showing changes in listening volume and leakage volume with frequency between two point sound sources with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 19 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the two-point sound source is 300 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 20 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the dual-point sound source is 1000 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • 21 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the dual-point sound source is 5000 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 22 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 1 cm according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 23 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 2 cm according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 4 cm according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a graph of the normalized parameters of the far field with frequency when the distance d between the two-point sound sources is 1 cm according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 26 is a graph of the normalized parameters of the far field varying with frequency when the distance d between the two-point sound sources is 2 cm according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 27 is a graph of the normalized parameters of the far field versus frequency when the distance d between the two-point sound sources is 4 cm according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 28 is an exemplary position distribution diagram of different listening positions according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume with frequency of a two-point sound source without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application at different listening positions in the near field;
  • FIG. 30 is a graph showing normalized parameters of a two-point sound source without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application at different listening positions in the near field as a function of frequency;
  • FIG. 31 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume with frequency of the baffled two-point sound source at different listening positions in the near field according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 32 is a graph showing normalized parameters of a baffled two-point sound source at different listening positions as a function of frequency according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary distribution of dual-point sound sources and baffles according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume in the near field with frequency when the baffle according to some embodiments of the present application is at different positions;
  • 35 is a graph showing the change in the volume of far-field sound leakage with frequency when the baffle according to some embodiments of the present application is at different positions;
  • FIG. 36 is a graph of normalized parameters varying with frequency when the baffle is at different positions according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a sound emitting structure of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partition structure of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic diagram showing the position of an exemplary sound guide hole according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 42A shows an exemplary frequency response of a first speaker unit and an exemplary frequency response of a second speaker unit according to some embodiments of the present application
  • FIG. 42B shows an exemplary frequency response of the first speaker unit and another exemplary frequency response of the second speaker unit according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 43 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the open binaural earphone may include an acoustic output device.
  • the acoustic output device includes at least two sets of acoustic drivers: a set of high-frequency acoustic drivers and a set of low-frequency acoustic drivers. Each group of acoustic drivers can be used to generate sound with a certain frequency range, and propagate the sound outward through at least two acoustically coupled sound guide holes.
  • the distance can be set to be greater than the distance between the at least two sound guide holes corresponding to the high-frequency acoustic driver), which can improve the sound leakage reduction capability of the open binaural earphone.
  • a baffle structure may be provided on the acoustic output device, so that the at least two sound guide holes are respectively distributed on both sides of the baffle.
  • the at least two sound guide holes may be distributed on both sides of the user's auricle.
  • the auricle serves as a baffle to separate the at least two sound guide holes, so that the at least two sound guide holes The sound from the sound guide holes has different propagation paths to the user's ear canal.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a dual-point sound source according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the sound guide is regarded as the sound source of the external output sound to describe.
  • each sound guide hole can be approximately regarded as a point sound source.
  • any sound guide hole opened in the acoustic output device for outputting sound can be approximated as a single point sound source on the acoustic output device.
  • the sound field sound pressure p generated by a single-point sound source satisfies formula (1):
  • ⁇ is the angular frequency
  • ⁇ 0 is the air density
  • r is the distance between the target point and the sound source
  • Q 0 is the volume velocity of the sound source
  • k is the wave number.
  • the use of the sound guide hole for outputting sound as a point sound source in this application is only used as an explanation of the principle and effect, and does not limit the shape and size of the sound guide hole in practical applications.
  • the area of the sound guide hole is larger, it can also be equivalent to radiating sound outward in the form of a surface sound source.
  • the point sound source can also be realized by other structures, such as a vibrating surface, a sound radiating surface, and so on.
  • the sound produced by structures such as sound guide holes, vibrating surfaces, and sound radiating surfaces can be equivalent to point sound at the spatial scale discussed in this application.
  • the source has the same sound propagation characteristics and the same mathematical description. Further, for those skilled in the art, without paying any creative activity, it can be known that the acoustic effect achieved by the "acoustic driver outputting sound from at least two first sound guide holes" described in this application can also be achieved by the above Other acoustic structures achieve the same effect, such as "at least two acoustic drivers output sound from at least one sound radiating surface". According to the actual situation, other acoustic structures can be selected for reasonable adjustment and combination, and the same acoustic output effect can also be achieved.
  • the principle of the above-mentioned surface sound source and other structures to radiate sound is similar to the above-mentioned point sound source, so I will not repeat it here. .
  • the acoustic output device can be provided with at least two sound guide holes corresponding to the same acoustic driver to construct a dual-point sound source to reduce the sound radiated by the acoustic output device to the surrounding environment.
  • the sound radiated by the acoustic output device to the surrounding environment may be called far-field sound leakage because it may be heard by other people in the environment.
  • the sound radiated by the acoustic output device to the ears of the user wearing the device can also be called near-field listening because it is close to the user.
  • the sound output by the two sound guide holes ie, two-point sound source
  • the acoustic output device can show different sound effects in the near field (for example, the listening position of the user's ear) and the far field.
  • the near field for example, the listening position of the user's ear
  • the far-field leakage can be realized according to the principle of sound wave anti-phase cancellation. Tone reduction.
  • the sound field sound pressure p generated by the two-point sound source satisfies the following formula:
  • a 1 and A 2 are the intensities of two point sound sources
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 are the phases of the two point sound sources
  • d is the distance between the two point sound sources
  • r 1 and r 2 satisfy Formula (3):
  • r is the distance between any target point in space and the center of the dual-point sound source
  • ⁇ represents the angle between the line between the target point and the center of the dual-point sound source and the line where the dual-point sound source is located.
  • the size of the sound pressure p of the target point in the sound field is related to the intensity of each point sound source, the distance d between the point sound sources, the phase, and the distance from the sound source.
  • the acoustic driver may include a diaphragm.
  • the diaphragm vibrates, sound can be emitted from the front and back sides of the diaphragm, respectively.
  • the front side of the diaphragm in the acoustic output device is provided with an antechamber for transmitting sound.
  • the front chamber is acoustically coupled with a sound guide hole, and the sound on the front side of the diaphragm can be transmitted to the sound guide hole through the front chamber and further spread out.
  • the acoustic output device is provided with a rear chamber for transmitting sound at a position behind the diaphragm.
  • the back chamber is acoustically coupled with another sound guide hole, and the sound on the back side of the diaphragm can be transmitted to the sound guide hole through the back chamber and further spread out.
  • the structure of the front chamber and the rear chamber may be configured so that the sound output by the acoustic driver at different sound guide holes meets specific conditions.
  • the length of the front room and the back room can be designed so that a set of sounds with a specific phase relationship (for example, opposite phase) can be output from the two sound guide holes, so that the listening volume of the acoustic output device in the near field is low and the sound in the far field The sound leakage of the field has been effectively improved.
  • a specific phase relationship for example, opposite phase
  • the far-field leakage generated by a dual-point sound source will increase with the increase in frequency, that is to say, the far-field leakage reduction of a dual-point sound source
  • the capacity decreases with increasing frequency.
  • Fig. 2 is a graph showing the variation of leakage sound with frequency of a dual-point sound source and a single-point sound source according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the distance between the corresponding two-point sound sources in Figure 2 is fixed, and the two point sound sources have the same amplitude and opposite phase.
  • the dotted line represents the variation curve of the leakage volume of a single-point sound source at different frequencies
  • the solid line represents the variation curve of the leakage volume of a dual-point sound source at different frequencies.
  • the abscissa represents the frequency (f) of the sound, the unit is Hertz (Hz), and the ordinate uses the normalized parameter ⁇ as an index for evaluating the leakage volume.
  • the calculation formula of ⁇ is as follows:
  • P far represents the sound pressure of the acoustic output device in the far field (ie, the far-field leakage sound pressure)
  • P ear represents the sound pressure around the wearer's ears (ie, the near-field listening sound pressure).
  • the frequency at the intersection of the double-point sound source and the single-point sound source with the frequency variation curve can be used as the upper limit frequency of the double-point sound source that can reduce the leakage sound according to the above content.
  • the leakage reduction capability of the dual-point sound source (that is, the ⁇ value is small) is stronger (below -80dB), so in this frequency band
  • the optimization goal can be to increase the listening volume; when the frequency is high (for example, in the range of 1000Hz-8000Hz), the dual-point sound source has a weaker leakage reduction capability (above -80dB), so it can be reduced in this frequency band. Small leakage is the optimization goal.
  • the frequency corresponding to the ⁇ value at a specific value can be used as the frequency division point.
  • a high frequency band with a higher sound frequency for example, the sound output by a high frequency acoustic driver
  • a low frequency band with a lower sound frequency for example, the sound output by a low frequency acoustic driver
  • the method of measuring and calculating the leakage sound can be reasonably adjusted according to the actual situation.
  • the average value of the sound pressure amplitude of multiple points on a spherical surface with a two-point sound source center as the center and a radius of r (for example, 40 cm) can be taken as the value of sound leakage.
  • the distance between the near-field listening position and the point sound source is much smaller than the distance between the point sound source and the far-field sound leakage measurement sphere.
  • the ratio of the distance between the near-field listening position and the center of the two-point sound source to the radius r is less than 0.3, 0.2, 0.15, or 0.1.
  • one or more points in the far-field position can be taken as the position to measure the sound leakage, and the volume of the position can be used as the value of the sound leakage.
  • the center of the two-point sound source can be taken as the center of the circle, and the sound pressure amplitude of two or more points can be averaged according to a certain spatial angle in the far field as the value of sound leakage.
  • FIG. 3A and 3B are exemplary graphs showing changes in the near-field listening volume and the far-field leakage volume with the distance between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3B is a graph of FIG. 3A after normalization.
  • the solid line represents the curve of the listening volume of the two-point sound source with the distance between the two-point sound source
  • the dashed line represents the curve of the leakage volume of the two-point sound source with the distance between the two-point sound source
  • the abscissa represents the double-point
  • the ordinate represents the volume of the sound (unit is decibel dB).
  • the spacing ratio d/d0 can reflect the change of the spacing between the two point sound sources.
  • the reference distance d0 can be selected within a specific range.
  • d0 can be a specific value in the range of 2.5mm-10mm, for example, d0 can be 5mm.
  • the reference distance d0 may be determined based on the listening position. For example, the distance from the listening position to the nearest sound source can be taken as the reference interval d0. It should be known that the reference distance d0 can be flexibly selected according to the actual scene and any other suitable value, which is not limited here. Just as an example, in Fig. 3A, d0 is equal to 5mm as the reference value for the change of the distance between the two-point sound source.
  • the listening volume and the leakage volume of the two-point sound source both increase.
  • the ratio d/d0 of the two-point sound source spacing d to the reference spacing d0 is less than the ratio threshold, as the two-point sound source spacing increases, the increase in the listening volume is larger than the increase in the leakage volume, that is, listening The increase in sound volume is more significant than the increase in leakage volume.
  • the ratio d/d0 of the two-point sound source spacing d to the reference spacing d0 when the ratio d/d0 of the two-point sound source spacing d to the reference spacing d0 is 2, the difference between the listening volume and the leakage volume is about 20dB; when the ratio d/d0 is 4, the listening The difference between the sound volume and the leakage volume is about 25dB.
  • the ratio d/d0 of the two-point sound source spacing d to the reference spacing d0 reaches the ratio threshold, the ratio of the listening volume of the two-point sound source to the leakage volume reaches the maximum.
  • the ratio threshold of the spacing ratio d/d0 of the two-point sound source spacing may be in the range of 0-7.
  • the d/d0 ratio threshold can be set in the range of 0.5-4.5.
  • the d/d0 ratio threshold can be set in the range of 1-4.
  • the ratio threshold may be determined based on the difference change between the listening volume of the double-point sound source in FIG. 3A and the leakage volume. For example, the ratio corresponding to the maximum difference between the listening volume and the leakage volume can be determined as the ratio threshold.
  • the ratio threshold eg, 4
  • the normalized listening curve shows an upward trend (the slope of the curve is greater than 0), namely The increase in listening volume is greater than the increase in leakage volume; when the spacing ratio d/d0 is greater than the ratio threshold, as the spacing between the two-point sound sources increases, the slope of the normalized listening curve gradually approaches 0. Parallel to the normalized leakage curve, that is, as the distance between the two-point sound sources increases, the listening volume increase is no longer greater than the leakage volume increase.
  • the near-field listening volume can be significantly increased while the far-field leakage volume is only slightly increased (that is, the near-field listening volume
  • the increment of is greater than the increment of the far-field leakage sound volume).
  • two or more two-point sound sources such as a high-frequency two-point sound source and a low-frequency two-point sound source
  • the distance between each group of two-point The distance between point sound sources is smaller than the distance between low-frequency two-point sound sources.
  • the high-frequency dual-point sound source leakage Due to the low-frequency dual-point sound source leakage is small (stronger leakage reduction ability), the high-frequency dual-point sound source leakage is larger (weak leakage reduction ability), and the high-frequency range chooses a smaller two-point sound source spacing , Can make the listening volume significantly greater than the leakage volume, thereby reducing the leakage.
  • the acoustic output device can effectively reduce sound leakage even in a relatively quiet environment, so it can be applied to open binaural headphones (for example, open binaural headphones 3800 and/or open binaural headphones 4300).
  • Fig. 4 is an exemplary structural block diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 100 may include an electronic frequency dividing module 110, an acoustic driver 140 and an acoustic driver 150, an acoustic path 145, an acoustic path 155, at least two first sound guide holes 147, and at least two second guide holes. Sound hole 157.
  • the acoustic output device 100 further includes a controller (not shown in the figure), and the electronic frequency dividing module 110 is used as a part of the controller to generate electrical signals input to different acoustic drivers.
  • the connection between different components in the acoustic output device 100 may be a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • the electronic frequency dividing module 110 may send signals to the acoustic driver 140 and/or the acoustic driver 150 through wired transmission or wireless transmission.
  • the electronic frequency division module 110 can perform frequency division processing on the audio source signal.
  • the sound source signal may come from one or more sound source devices integrated in the acoustic output device 100 (for example, a memory storing audio data), or may be an audio signal received by the acoustic output device 100 in a wired or wireless manner.
  • the electronic frequency dividing module 110 can decompose the input audio source signal into two or more frequency-divided signals containing different frequency components.
  • the electronic frequency division module 110 can decompose the audio source signal into a first frequency division signal (or frequency division signal 1) with high-frequency sound components and a second frequency division signal (or frequency division signal 2) with low-frequency sound components. ).
  • a crossover signal with high-frequency sound components can be directly called a high-frequency signal
  • a crossover signal with low-frequency sound components can be directly called a low-frequency signal.
  • the low-frequency signal in the embodiments of the present application refers to a sound signal with a lower frequency in the first frequency range
  • a high-frequency signal refers to a sound signal with a higher frequency in the second frequency range.
  • the first frequency range and the second frequency range may or may not include overlapping frequency ranges, and the second frequency range includes frequencies higher than the first frequency range.
  • the first frequency range may refer to frequencies lower than the first frequency threshold
  • the second frequency range may refer to frequencies higher than the second frequency threshold.
  • the first frequency threshold may be lower than, equal to, or higher than the second frequency threshold.
  • the first frequency threshold may be smaller than the second frequency threshold (for example, the first frequency threshold may be 600 Hz, and the second frequency threshold may be 700 Hz), which indicates that there is no overlap between the first frequency range and the second frequency range.
  • the first frequency threshold may be equal to the second frequency (for example, both the first frequency threshold and the second frequency threshold are 650 Hz or other arbitrary frequency values).
  • the first frequency threshold may be greater than the second frequency threshold, which indicates that there is an overlap between the first frequency range and the second frequency range. In this case, the difference between the first frequency threshold and the second frequency threshold may not exceed the third frequency threshold.
  • the third frequency threshold may be a fixed value, for example, 20 Hz, 50 Hz, 100 Hz, 150 Hz, 200 Hz, or may be a value related to the first frequency threshold and/or the second frequency threshold (for example, the value of the first frequency threshold) 5%, 10%, 15%, etc.), or a value flexibly set by the user according to the actual scene, which is not limited here. It should be known that the first frequency threshold and the second frequency threshold can be flexibly set according to different situations, which are not limited here.
  • the electronic frequency dividing module 110 may include a frequency divider 115 and signal processors 120 and 130.
  • the frequency divider 115 can be used to decompose the audio source signal into two or more frequency-divided signals containing different frequency components, for example, a frequency-divided signal 1 with high-frequency sound components and a frequency-divided signal with low-frequency sound components 2.
  • the frequency divider 115 may be any electronic device that can realize the signal decomposition function, including but not limited to one of passive filters, active filters, analog filters, digital filters, etc. random combination.
  • the frequency divider 115 may divide the frequency of the audio source signal based on one or more frequency division points.
  • the frequency division point refers to the signal frequency that distinguishes the first frequency range from the second frequency range.
  • the frequency division point may be a feature point in the overlap frequency range (for example, the low frequency boundary point, the high frequency boundary point of the overlap frequency range , Center frequency point, etc.).
  • the crossover point may be determined according to the relationship between the frequency and the leakage of the acoustic output device (for example, the curves shown in FIGS. 2, 3A, and 3B).
  • the frequency point corresponding to the leakage volume that satisfies a certain condition can be selected as the crossover point, for example, 1000 Hz as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the user can directly designate a specific frequency as the crossover point.
  • the crossover point can be 600Hz, 800Hz, 1000Hz, 1200Hz, etc.
  • the crossover point may be determined according to the performance of the acoustic driver. For example, considering that the above-mentioned low-frequency acoustic driver and high-frequency acoustic driver have different frequency response curves, a frequency range that is higher than 1/2 of the upper limit frequency of the low-frequency acoustic driver and lower than 2 times the lower limit frequency of the high-frequency acoustic driver can be selected Select the crossover point within. More preferably, the crossover point can be selected in a frequency range higher than 1/3 of the upper limit frequency of the low frequency acoustic driver and lower than 1.5 times the lower limit frequency of the high frequency acoustic driver.
  • the positional relationship between the point sound sources will also affect the sound volume generated by the acoustic output device in the near field and the far field.
  • the positional relationship between the point sound sources will also affect the sound volume generated by the acoustic output device in the near field and the far field.
  • the signal processors 120 and 130 may respectively further process the frequency-divided signals to meet the requirements of subsequent sound output.
  • the signal processor 120 or 130 may include one or more signal processing components.
  • the signal processor may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of amplifiers, amplitude modulators, phase modulators, delayers, dynamic gain controllers, etc.
  • the processing performed by the signal processor 120 and/or 130 on the sound signal includes adjusting the amplitude corresponding to some frequencies in the sound signal.
  • the signal processors 120 and 130 may respectively adjust the intensity of the corresponding sound signal in the overlapping frequency range (for example, reduce the overlapping frequency range The amplitude of the internal signal) in order to avoid the consequence of excessive sound in the overlapping frequency range caused by the superposition of multiple sound signals in the subsequent output sound.
  • the frequency-divided signals can be transmitted to the acoustic drivers 140 and 150, respectively.
  • the sound signal passed into the acoustic driver 140 may be a sound signal including a lower frequency range (for example, the first frequency range), so the acoustic driver 140 may also be referred to as a low-frequency acoustic driver.
  • the sound signal passed into the acoustic driver 150 may be a sound signal including a higher frequency range (for example, a second frequency range), so the acoustic driver 150 may also be referred to as a high-frequency acoustic driver.
  • the acoustic driver 140 and the acoustic driver 150 may respectively convert the respective sound signals into low-frequency sound and high-frequency sound, and transmit them to the outside.
  • the acoustic driver 140 may be acoustically coupled with at least two first sound guide holes (such as two first sound guide holes 147) (for example, through two acoustic paths 145, respectively). 147 connection), and spread the sound from the at least two first sound guide holes.
  • the acoustic driver 150 may be acoustically coupled with at least two second sound guide holes (such as two second sound guide holes 157) (for example, connected to two second sound guide holes 157 through two acoustic paths 155), and can The sound is transmitted from the at least two second sound guide holes.
  • the sound guide hole may be a small hole formed on the acoustic output device that has a specific opening and allows sound to pass through.
  • the shape of the sound guide hole may include, but is not limited to, one of a bar, a circle, an ellipse, a square, a trapezoid, a rounded quadrilateral, a triangle, an irregular figure, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the number of sound guide holes connected to the acoustic driver 140 or 150 is not limited to two, and can be any value, for example, 3, 4, 6, etc.
  • the acoustic driver 140 may be made to generate equal (or approximately equal) amplitude and opposite (or approximately equal) phase values at at least two first sound guide holes. Opposite) low-frequency sounds, and the acoustic driver 150 respectively generates high-frequency sounds with the same amplitude (or approximately the same) and opposite phase (or approximately the opposite) at the at least two second sound guide holes. In this way, based on the principle of sound wave interference cancellation, the far-field sound leakage of low-frequency sounds (or high-frequency sounds) will be reduced.
  • the wavelength of low-frequency sound is greater than that of high-frequency sound
  • you can The distance between the first sound guide holes and the distance between the second sound guide holes are respectively set to different values. For example, assuming that there is a first distance between two first sound guide holes and a second distance between two second sound guide holes, the first distance may be greater than the second distance. In some embodiments, the first distance and the second distance can be any value.
  • the first pitch may not be greater than 40mm, for example, in the range of 20mm-40mm
  • the second pitch may not be greater than 12mm
  • the first pitch may be greater than the second pitch.
  • the first pitch may not be less than 12mm
  • the second pitch may not be greater than 7mm, for example, in the range of 3mm-7mm.
  • the first pitch may be 30 mm
  • the second pitch may be 5 mm.
  • the first pitch may be at least twice the second pitch.
  • the first distance may be at least 3 times the second distance.
  • the first pitch may be at least 5 times the second pitch.
  • the acoustic driver 140 may include a transducer 143.
  • the transducer 143 transmits the sound to the first sound guide hole 147 through the acoustic path 145.
  • the acoustic driver 150 may include a transducer 153.
  • the transducer 153 transmits the sound to the second sound guide hole 157 through the acoustic path 155.
  • the transducer may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of a transducer of an air conduction speaker, a transducer of a bone conduction speaker, a hydro-acoustic transducer, an ultrasonic transducer, etc.
  • the working principle of the transducer may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of moving coil type, moving iron type, piezoelectric type, electrostatic type, magnetostrictive type, etc.
  • the acoustic driver may include transducers having different properties or numbers.
  • the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 and the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 may each include a transducer (such as a low-frequency speaker unit and a high-frequency speaker unit) having different frequency response characteristics.
  • the low frequency acoustic driver 140 may include two transducers 143 (such as two low frequency speaker units), and the high frequency acoustic driver 150 may include two transducers 153 (such as two high frequency speaker units).
  • the acoustic output device 100 may generate sounds with different frequency ranges in other ways. For example, transducer frequency division, acoustic path frequency division, etc.
  • the structure of the electronic frequency dividing module 110 (the part in the dashed frame) can be omitted, and the sound source signal can be input to the acoustic driver 140 and the acoustic driver 150 respectively.
  • the acoustic output device 100 uses a transducer to implement signal frequency division, and the acoustic driver 140 and the acoustic driver 150 can convert the input audio source signal into a low-frequency signal and a high-frequency signal, respectively.
  • the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 can convert the sound source signal into a low-frequency sound with low-frequency components through the transducer 143 (such as a low-frequency speaker); the low-frequency sound can be transmitted to at least two firsts along at least two different acoustic paths 145
  • the sound guide hole 147 is transmitted to the outside through the first sound guide hole 147.
  • the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 can convert the sound source signal into a high-frequency sound with high-frequency components through the transducer 153 (such as a tweeter); the high-frequency sound can be transmitted to at least two along at least two different acoustic paths 155
  • the second sound guide hole 157 propagates to the outside through the second sound guide hole 157.
  • the acoustic path connecting the transducer and the sound guide hole (such as the acoustic path 145 and 155) will affect the nature of the transmitted sound.
  • the acoustic path will attenuate the transmitted sound to a certain degree or change the phase of the transmitted sound.
  • the acoustic path may be constituted by one or any combination of sound ducts, sound cavities, resonant cavities, sound holes, sound slits, tuning nets, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the acoustic path may further include an acoustic resistance material, which has a specific acoustic impedance.
  • the acoustic impedance can range from 5MKS Rayleigh to 500MKS Rayleigh.
  • the acoustic resistance material may include, but is not limited to, plastic, textile, metal, permeable material, woven material, screen material or mesh material, porous material, granular material, polymer material, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the acoustic output device 100 may use an acoustic path to achieve signal frequency division.
  • the sound source signal is input into a specific acoustic driver and converted into a sound containing high and low frequency components, and the sound signal propagates along acoustic paths with different frequency selection characteristics.
  • a sound signal can be transmitted along an acoustic path with low-pass characteristics to the corresponding sound guide hole to produce low-frequency sound that propagates outwards. In this process, high-frequency sounds are absorbed or attenuated by the acoustic path with low-pass characteristics. .
  • the sound signal can be transmitted along an acoustic path with high-pass characteristics to the corresponding sound guide hole to produce high-frequency sound propagating outwards.
  • low-frequency sounds are absorbed or attenuated by the acoustic path with high-pass characteristics.
  • the controller in the acoustic output device 100 may cause the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 to output sounds in the first frequency range (ie, low-frequency sounds), and cause the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 to output sounds in the second frequency range. Sound (ie high-frequency sound).
  • the acoustic output device 100 may further include a supporting structure. The supporting structure may be used to carry acoustic drivers (such as high-frequency acoustic driver 150, low-frequency acoustic driver 140) so that the acoustic driver is positioned away from the user's ear.
  • the sound guide hole acoustically coupled with the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 may be closer to the expected position of the user's ear (for example, the entrance of the ear canal), while the sound guide hole acoustically coupled with the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 may be closer to the expected position. The location is farther.
  • the support structure can be used to encapsulate an acoustic driver.
  • the supporting structure of the encapsulated acoustic driver may include a shell made of various materials such as plastic, metal, and cloth tape.
  • the housing encapsulates the acoustic driver and forms a front chamber and a rear chamber corresponding to the acoustic driver, the front chamber may be acoustically coupled to one of the at least two sound guide holes, and the rear chamber may be acoustically coupled to at least two sound guide holes The other in the hole.
  • the front chamber of the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 may be acoustically coupled to one of the at least two first sound guide holes 147, and the rear chamber of the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 may be acoustically coupled to the other of the at least two first sound guide holes 147
  • the front chamber of the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 may be acoustically coupled to one of the at least two second sound guide holes 157, and the rear chamber of the high-frequency acoustic driver 150 may be acoustically coupled to the other of the at least two second sound guide holes 157 One.
  • the sound guide holes (such as the first sound guide hole 147 and the second sound guide hole 157) may be provided on the housing.
  • the acoustic output device 100 may include any number of acoustic driver structures.
  • the acoustic output device 100 may include two sets of high-frequency acoustic drivers 150 and two sets of low-frequency acoustic drivers 140, or one set of high-frequency acoustic drivers 150 and two sets of low-frequency acoustic drivers 140, etc., and these high-frequency/low-frequency drivers can be used separately To generate sounds in a specific frequency range.
  • the acoustic driver 140 and/or the acoustic driver 150 may include another signal processor.
  • the signal processor may have the same or different structural components as the signal processor 120 or 130.
  • the acoustic output device and its modules shown in FIG. 4 can be implemented in various ways.
  • the system and its modules may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic;
  • the software part can be stored in a memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware.
  • an appropriate instruction execution system such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware.
  • processor control codes for example on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory ( Such codes are provided on a programmable memory of firmware) or a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier.
  • the system and its modules of this application can not only be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large-scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc. It can also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or can be implemented by a combination of the aforementioned hardware circuit and software (for example, firmware).
  • the above description of the acoustic output device 100 and its components is only for convenience of description, and does not limit the present application within the scope of the examples mentioned. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the device, it is possible to arbitrarily combine various units or form substructures to connect with other units without departing from this principle.
  • the electronic frequency division module 110 may be omitted, and the frequency division of the audio source signal may be implemented by the internal structure of the low-frequency acoustic driver 140 and/or the high-frequency acoustic driver 150.
  • the signal processor 120 or 130 may be a part independent of the electronic frequency dividing module 110. Such deformations are all within the protection scope of this application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application. For the purpose of illustration, description will be made by taking the same transducer coupled with different sound guide holes to form outwardly propagating sound as an example.
  • each transducer has a front side and a back side, and there are corresponding front chambers (ie, the first acoustic path) and back chambers (ie, the second acoustic path) on the front or back of the transducer.
  • these structures may have the same or approximately the same equivalent acoustic impedance, so that the transducer is symmetrically loaded.
  • the symmetrical load of the transducer can make different sound guide holes form sound sources satisfying the relationship between amplitude and phase (such as the "two-point sound source” with the same amplitude and opposite phase as described above), so that at high frequencies and/or A specific radiated sound field is formed in the low frequency range (for example, near-field sound is enhanced, while far-field sound leakage is suppressed).
  • the acoustic driver (such as the acoustic driver 140 or 150) may include a transducer, and an acoustic path and a sound guide hole connected to the transducer.
  • the position of the user's ear E is also shown in FIG. 5 for illustration.
  • the diagram (a) on the left in FIG. 5 mainly shows an application scenario of the acoustic driver 140.
  • the acoustic driver 140 includes a transducer 143 and is acoustically coupled with two first sound guide holes 147 through an acoustic path 145.
  • the diagram (b) on the right in FIG. 3 mainly shows an application scenario of the acoustic driver 150.
  • the acoustic driver 150 includes a transducer 153 and is acoustically coupled with two second sound guide holes 157 through an acoustic path 155.
  • the transducer 143 or 153 can generate vibration under the drive of an electric signal, and the vibration will generate a set of sounds with equal amplitude and opposite phase (180 degrees antiphase).
  • the transducer type may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of air conduction speakers, bone conduction speakers, underwater acoustic transducers, ultrasonic transducers, etc.
  • the working principle of the transducer may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of moving coil type, moving iron type, piezoelectric type, electrostatic type, magnetostrictive type, etc.
  • the transducer 143 or 153 may include a diaphragm that vibrates when driven by an electrical signal, and the front and back of the diaphragm can simultaneously output normal phase sound and reverse phase sound.
  • FIG 5 "+” and “-” are used to illustrate sounds of different phases, where “+” represents normal phase sound, and “-” represents reverse phase sound.
  • the transducer may be encapsulated by a housing on the support structure, and the housing may be provided with sound channels connected to the front side and the rear side of the transducer, respectively, thereby forming an acoustic path.
  • the front cavity of the transducer 143 is coupled to one of the two first sound guide holes 147 through the first acoustic path (ie, the front half of the acoustic path 145), and the back cavity of the transducer 143 passes through The second acoustic path (ie, the second half of the acoustic path 145) is acoustically coupled to the other of the two first sound guide holes 147.
  • the normal phase sound and the reverse phase sound output by the transducer 143 are respectively output from the two first sound guide holes 147.
  • the front cavity of the transducer 153 is coupled to one of the two second sound guide holes 157 through the third acoustic path (ie, the front half of the acoustic path 155), and the back cavity of the transducer 153 passes through The fourth acoustic path (ie, the second half of the acoustic path 155) is coupled to the other sound guide hole of the two second sound guide holes 157.
  • the normal phase sound and the reverse phase sound output by the transducer 153 are respectively output from the two second sound guide holes 157.
  • the acoustic path affects the nature of the delivered sound. For example, the acoustic path will attenuate the transmitted sound to a certain degree or change the phase of the transmitted sound.
  • the acoustic path may be constituted by one or any combination of sound ducts, sound cavities, resonant cavities, sound holes, sound slits, tuning nets, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the acoustic path may further include an acoustic resistance material, which has a specific acoustic impedance.
  • the acoustic impedance can range from 5MKS Rayleigh to 500MKS Rayleigh.
  • the acoustic resistance material may include, but is not limited to, one or any combination of plastic, textile, metal, permeable material, woven material, screen material, and mesh material.
  • the front and back chambers corresponding to the acoustic driver can be set to have approximately the same equivalent.
  • Acoustic impedance For example, use the same acoustic resistance material, set up sound guide holes of the same size or shape, and so on.
  • the distance between the two first sound guide holes 147 of the low-frequency acoustic driver can be expressed as d1 (that is, the first distance), and the distance between the two second sound guide holes 157 of the high-frequency acoustic driver can be expressed as d2 (that is, The second spacing).
  • d1 that is, the first distance
  • d2 that is, The second spacing
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 are jointly housed in the housing of the acoustic output device, and placed in isolation via a structure in the housing.
  • the acoustic output device 300 may include multiple sets of high-frequency acoustic drivers and low-frequency acoustic drivers.
  • the acoustic output device may include a set of high-frequency acoustic drivers and a set of low-frequency acoustic drivers, which are used to output sound to the left ear and/or the right ear at the same time.
  • the acoustic output device may include two sets of high-frequency acoustic drivers and two sets of low-frequency acoustic drivers.
  • One set of high-frequency acoustic drivers and one set of low-frequency acoustic drivers are used to output sound to the user's left ear, and the other set of high-frequency acoustic drivers And the low frequency acoustic driver is used to output sound to the user's right ear.
  • the high frequency acoustic driver and the low frequency acoustic driver may be configured to have different powers.
  • the low frequency acoustic driver may be configured to have a first power
  • the high frequency acoustic driver may be configured to have a second power
  • the first power is greater than the second power.
  • the first power and the second power can be any value.
  • 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of sound output according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device can generate sound in the same frequency range through two or more transducers, and propagate outward through different sound guide holes.
  • different transducers can be controlled by the same or different controllers, and can produce sounds that meet certain phase and amplitude conditions (for example, sounds with the same amplitude but opposite phase, different amplitudes and different phases. Opposite voices, etc.).
  • the controller can make the electrical signals input to the two low-frequency transducers of the acoustic driver have the same amplitude and opposite phase, so that when sound is formed, the two low-frequency transducers can output the same amplitude but Low-frequency sounds with opposite phases.
  • two transducers in the acoustic driver can be arranged in parallel in the acoustic output device, one of which is used to output normal phase sound, and the other is used to output reverse phase sound. sound.
  • the acoustic driver 140 on the right may include two transducers 143, two acoustic paths 145, and two first sound guide holes 147, and the acoustic driver 150 on the left may include two transducers 153. , Two acoustic paths 155 and two second sound guide holes 157.
  • the two transducers 143 can generate a set of low-frequency sounds with opposite phases (180 degrees antiphase).
  • One of the two transducers 143 outputs normal-phase sound (such as the transducer located below), and the other outputs anti-phase sound (such as the transducer located above).
  • the two sets of low-frequency sounds with opposite phases follow two
  • the acoustic path 145 is transmitted to the two first sound guide holes 147 and travels outward through the two first sound guide holes 147.
  • the two transducers 153 can generate a set of high-frequency sounds with opposite phases (180 degrees antiphase).
  • One of the two transducers 153 outputs normal-phase high-frequency sound (such as the transducer located below), and the other outputs reverse-phase high-frequency sound (such as the transducer located above).
  • the high-frequency sound is respectively transmitted to the two second sound guide holes 157 along the two acoustic paths 155 and propagates outward through the two second sound guide holes 157.
  • the two transducers in the acoustic driver can be arranged relatively close to each other along the same straight line, and one of them is used for outputting normal phase sound, and the other is used for Output reversed sound.
  • the acoustic driver 140 is on the left and the acoustic driver 150 is on the right.
  • the two transducers 143 of the acoustic driver 140 respectively generate a set of low-frequency sounds with the same amplitude and opposite phase under the control of the controller.
  • One of the transducers outputs positive-phase low-frequency sound and is transmitted to a first sound guide hole 147 along the first acoustic path, and the other transducer outputs anti-phase low-frequency sound and is transmitted to the other second acoustic path along the second acoustic path.
  • the two transducers 153 of the acoustic driver 150 respectively generate a set of high frequency sounds with equal amplitude and opposite phase under the control of the controller.
  • One of the transducers outputs normal-phase high-frequency sound and transmits it to a second sound guide hole 157 along the third acoustic path, and the other transducer outputs anti-phase high-frequency sound and transmits it to the other second acoustic path along the fourth acoustic path.
  • Two sound guide holes 157 Two sound guide holes 157.
  • the transducer 143 and/or the transducer 153 may be of various suitable types.
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 may be moving coil speakers, which have the characteristics of high low-frequency sensitivity, large low-frequency dive depth, and low distortion.
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 may be moving iron speakers, which have the characteristics of small size, high sensitivity, and large high frequency range.
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 may be air conduction speakers or bone conduction speakers.
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 may be balanced armature speakers.
  • the transducer 143 and the transducer 153 may be different types of transducers.
  • the transducer 143 may be a moving iron speaker, and the transducer 153 may be a moving coil speaker.
  • the transducer 143 may be a moving coil speaker, and the transducer 153 may be a moving iron speaker.
  • the listening position (that is, the position of the ear canal when the user wears the acoustic output device) may be located on the line of a set of two-point sound sources.
  • the listening position may be any suitable position.
  • the listening position may be located on a circle centered on the center of the two-point sound source.
  • the listening position can be located on the same side of the line of the two sets of dual-point sound sources, or in the middle of the line of the two sets of dual-point sound sources.
  • the simplified structure of the acoustic output device shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B is only an example, and is not a limitation of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 400 and/or the acoustic output device 500 may include one or more combined structures such as a supporting structure, a controller, and a signal processor.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B are schematic diagrams of acoustic output devices according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic driver (such as the acoustic driver 140 or 150) may include multiple sets of narrowband speakers.
  • the acoustic output device may include multiple sets of narrowband speaker units and signal processing modules.
  • the acoustic output device respectively includes n groups of 2*n narrowband speaker units. Each group of narrowband speaker units has a different frequency response curve, the frequency response of each group is complementary, and jointly cover the audible sound frequency band.
  • the narrowband speaker mentioned here may be an acoustic driver with a narrower frequency response range compared to the above-mentioned low-frequency acoustic driver and high-frequency acoustic driver.
  • A1 to An and B1 to Bn respectively form n groups of two-point sound sources.
  • each group of two-point sound sources produces sounds with different frequency ranges.
  • the interval dn of each group of two-point sound sources the near-field and far-field sounds of each frequency band are adjusted. For example, in order to increase the near-field listening volume and reduce the far-field leakage volume, the distance between the higher frequency two-point sound source can be made smaller than the lower frequency two-point sound source distance.
  • the signal processing module may include an equalizer (EQ) processing module and a digital signal processing (DSP) module.
  • the signal processing module can be used to realize signal equalization and other general digital signal processing algorithms (such as amplitude modulation, modulation equalization).
  • the processed signal can be connected to a corresponding acoustic driver (for example, a narrowband speaker) structure to output sound.
  • a corresponding acoustic driver for example, a narrowband speaker
  • the narrowband speaker may be a moving coil speaker or a moving iron speaker. More preferably, the narrowband speaker may be a balanced armature speaker. Two balanced armature speakers can be used to construct a two-point sound source, and the phases of the output sounds of the two speakers are opposite.
  • the acoustic driver (such as the acoustic driver 140 or 150) may include multiple sets of full-band speakers.
  • the acoustic output device may include multiple sets of full-band speaker units and signal processing modules.
  • the acoustic output device respectively includes n groups of 2*n full-band speaker units. Each group of full-band speaker units has the same or similar frequency response curve and can cover a wide frequency range.
  • the signal processing module in FIG. 7B includes at least one set of filters for dividing the frequency of the sound source signal, and then inputting electrical signals corresponding to different frequency ranges to each group of full-band speakers.
  • each group of speaker units can respectively generate sounds with different frequency ranges.
  • 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of acoustic paths according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding acoustic filter network can be constructed by arranging sound tubes, acoustic cavities, acoustic resistance and other structures in the acoustic path to achieve frequency division of sound.
  • Figures 8A-8C show schematic structural diagrams of frequency division of a sound signal using an acoustic path. It should be noted that FIGS. 8A-8C are only examples of acoustic path settings when the acoustic path is used to divide the sound signal, and are not a limitation of the present application.
  • a group or more than one group of lumen structures can be connected in series to form an acoustic path, and an acoustic resistance material is arranged in the lumen to adjust the acoustic impedance of the entire structure to achieve a filtering effect.
  • the sound can be band-pass filtered or low-pass filtered by adjusting the size of each structure in the official cavity and the acoustic resistance material to achieve frequency division of the sound. As shown in FIG.
  • one or more resonant cavities can be constructed in the acoustic path branch, and the filtering effect can be achieved by adjusting the size of each structure and the acoustic resistance material.
  • a combination of a lumen and a resonant cavity (for example, a Helmholtz resonant cavity) structure can be constructed in the acoustic path, and the filter effect can be achieved by adjusting the size of each structure and the acoustic resistance material.
  • Fig. 9 is an exemplary graph of sound leakage under the joint action of two sets of two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows the acoustic output device (such as the acoustic output device 100, the acoustic output device 300, the acoustic output device 100, the acoustic output device 300, and the acoustic output device) under the combined action of two sets of double-point sound sources (a group of high-frequency double-point sound sources and a group of low-frequency double-point sound sources).
  • Device 400, acoustic output device 500, acoustic output device 600, etc. The crossover point of the two sets of dual-point sound sources in the figure is around 700 Hz.
  • the normalized parameter ⁇ is used as an index to evaluate the leakage volume (see formula (4) for the calculation of ⁇ ).
  • the dual-point sound source has a stronger ability to reduce leakage.
  • two sets of two-point sound sources are used to output high-frequency sound and low-frequency sound respectively, and the distance between the low-frequency two-point sound sources is greater than that of the high-frequency two-point sound sources Pitch.
  • the near-field listening volume increase is greater than the far-field leakage volume increase, which can achieve a higher near-field volume output in the low frequency range.
  • the leakage of the two-point sound source is originally very small, after increasing the distance between the two-point sound source, the slightly increased leakage can still be kept at a low level.
  • a smaller two-point sound source spacing (d2) the problem of too low cut-off frequency for high-frequency leakage reduction and too narrow leakage reduction audio band is overcome.
  • the acoustic output device provided by the embodiment of the present application can obtain a stronger sound source than a single-point sound source and a set of double-point sound sources by setting the two-point sound source spacing d1 in the low frequency band and the two-point sound source spacing d2 in the high frequency band.
  • the actual low-frequency and high-frequency sound output by the acoustic output device may be different from those shown in FIG. 9.
  • low-frequency and high-frequency sounds may have a certain overlap (aliasing) in the frequency bands near the crossover point, resulting in the total drop leakage of the acoustic output device without sudden changes at the crossover point as shown in Figure 9. Instead, there are gradual changes and transitions in the frequency band near the crossover point, as shown by the thin solid line in Figure 9. It is understandable that these differences will not affect the overall sound leakage reduction effect of the acoustic output device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device provided by the present application can achieve sound output in different frequency bands by setting a high-frequency dual-point sound source and a low-frequency dual-point sound source, thereby achieving a better sound output effect;
  • the acoustic output device has a stronger effect of reducing leakage in a higher frequency band, and meets the needs of open binaural acoustic output devices.
  • the acoustic output device may include at least one set of acoustic drivers, and the sound generated by the at least one set of acoustic drivers can be propagated outward through at least two sound guide holes acoustically coupled therewith.
  • a baffle structure may be provided on the acoustic output device, so that the at least two sound guide holes are respectively distributed on both sides of the baffle.
  • the at least two sound guide holes may be distributed on both sides of the user's auricle.
  • the auricle serves as a baffle to separate the at least two sound guide holes, so that the at least two sound guide holes
  • the sound guide holes have different acoustic paths to the user's ear canal.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device 1000 may include a supporting structure 1010 and an acoustic driver 1020 disposed in the supporting structure.
  • the acoustic output device 1000 may be worn on the user's body (for example, the head, neck or upper torso of the human body) through the support structure 1010, while the support structure 1010 and the acoustic driver 1020 may be close to but not block the ear canal ,
  • the user's ears are kept open, and the user can not only hear the sound output by the acoustic output device 1000, but also obtain the sound of the external environment.
  • the acoustic output device 1000 can be arranged around or partly around the circumference of the user's ear, and can transmit sound through air conduction or bone conduction.
  • the support structure 1010 can be used to be worn on the body of a user, and can carry one or more acoustic drivers 1020.
  • the support structure 1010 may be a closed housing structure with a hollow inside, and the one or more acoustic drivers 1020 are located inside the support structure 1010.
  • the acoustic output device 1000 can be combined with glasses, headsets, head-mounted display devices, AR/VR helmets and other products. In this case, the support structure 1010 can be suspended or clamped. The method is fixed near the user's ear.
  • a hook may be provided on the supporting structure 1010, and the shape of the hook matches the shape of the auricle, so that the acoustic output device 1000 can be independently worn on the user's ear through the hook.
  • the independently worn acoustic output device 1000 may be connected to a signal source (for example, a computer, a mobile phone, or other mobile devices) in a wired or wireless (for example, Bluetooth) manner.
  • a signal source for example, a computer, a mobile phone, or other mobile devices
  • a wired or wireless for example, Bluetooth
  • the acoustic output device 1000 at the left and right ears may include a first output device and a second output device, wherein the first output device can communicate with the signal source, and the second output device can communicate with the first output device in a wireless manner.
  • the first output device and the second output device realize synchronization of audio playback through one or more synchronization signals.
  • the wireless connection mode may include, but is not limited to, Bluetooth, local area network, wide area network, wireless personal area network, near field communication, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the supporting structure 1010 may be a housing structure with a human ear fitting shape, such as a circular ring shape, an oval shape, a polygonal shape (regular or irregular), a U shape, a V shape, and a semicircular shape to support
  • the structure 1010 can be directly hung on the user's ear.
  • the support structure 1010 may also include one or more fixing structures.
  • the fixing structure may include an ear hook, a head beam or an elastic band, so that the acoustic output device 1000 can be better fixed on the user's body and prevent the user from falling during use.
  • the elastic band may be a headband, and the headband may be configured to be worn around the head area.
  • the elastic band may be a neckband, configured to be worn around the neck/shoulder area.
  • the elastic band may be a continuous band and can be elastically stretched to be worn on the user's head, and the elastic band can also apply pressure to the user's head, making the acoustic output device 1000 firm The ground is fixed on a specific position of the user's head.
  • the elastic band may be a discontinuous band.
  • the elastic band may include a rigid part and a flexible part, wherein the rigid part may be made of a rigid material (for example, plastic or metal), and the rigid part may be physically connected to the supporting structure 1010 of the acoustic output device 1000 (for example, a snap connection). , Threaded connection, etc.).
  • the flexible portion may be made of elastic material (for example, cloth, composite material or/and neoprene).
  • the support structure 1010 when the user wears the acoustic output device 1000, the support structure 1010 may be located above or below the auricle.
  • the supporting structure 1010 can also be provided with a sound guide hole 1011 and a sound guide hole 1012 for transmitting sound.
  • the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012 may be respectively located on both sides of the user's auricle, and the acoustic driver 1020 may output sound through the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 is an element that can receive electrical signals and convert them into sound signals for output.
  • the type of acoustic driver 1020 may include a low-frequency acoustic driver, a high-frequency acoustic driver, or a full-frequency acoustic driver, or any combination thereof.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 may also include, but is not limited to, moving coil, moving iron, piezoelectric, electrostatic, magnetostrictive, and other drivers.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 may include a diaphragm. When the diaphragm vibrates, sound can be emitted from the front and back sides of the diaphragm, respectively.
  • the front side of the diaphragm in the support structure 1010 is provided with a front chamber 1013 for transmitting sound.
  • the front chamber 1013 is acoustically coupled with the sound guide hole 1011, and the sound on the front side of the diaphragm can be emitted from the sound guide hole 1011 through the front chamber 1013.
  • a rear chamber 1014 for transmitting sound is provided at a position on the rear side of the diaphragm in the support structure 1010.
  • the rear chamber 1014 is acoustically coupled with the sound guide hole 1012, and the sound on the rear side of the diaphragm can be emitted from the sound guide hole 1012 through the rear chamber 1014.
  • the front and back sides of the diaphragm can simultaneously produce a set of opposite phase sounds.
  • the structure of the front chamber 1013 and the rear chamber 1014 may be configured so that the sound output by the acoustic driver 1020 at the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012 meets specific conditions.
  • the length of the front chamber 1013 and the rear chamber 1014 can be designed so that the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012 can output a set of sounds with a specific phase relationship (for example, opposite phase), so that the acoustic output device 1000 has a near field Both the lower listening volume and the far-field leakage problem have been effectively improved.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 may also include multiple diaphragms (for example, two diaphragms).
  • the multiple vibrating membranes vibrate respectively to generate sound, and the sound is transmitted from the corresponding sound guide hole after passing through different cavities connected to the supporting structure.
  • the multiple diaphragms can be controlled by the same or different controllers respectively, and can produce sounds that meet certain phase and amplitude conditions (for example, sounds with the same amplitude but opposite phases, sounds with different amplitudes and opposite phases, etc. ).
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of two point sound sources and listening positions according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 are located on the same side of the listening position, and the point sound source a1 is closer to the listening position. The point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 respectively output the same amplitude but phase The opposite voice.
  • Fig. 12 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency of two-point sound sources with different spacings according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the abscissa represents the frequency (f) of the sound output by the dual-point sound source, in hertz (Hz), and the ordinate represents the volume of the sound, in decibels (dB).
  • Hz hertz
  • dB decibels
  • the sound pressure amplitude difference that is, the sound pressure difference
  • the sound path difference becomes larger, making the sound The destructive effect becomes weaker, which in turn increases the volume of the listening position.
  • the volume at the listening position in the middle and low frequency bands (for example, the sound with a frequency less than 1000 Hz) is still lower than the volume produced by a single-point sound source at the same location and the same intensity.
  • the sound pressure amplitude that is, the sound pressure
  • the sound pressure may refer to the pressure generated by the vibration of sound through air.
  • FIG. 13 is a graph of normalized parameters of two-point sound sources with different spacings in the far field as a function of frequency according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the abscissa represents the frequency (f) of the sound
  • the unit is hertz (Hz)
  • the ordinate uses the normalized parameter ⁇ as an index for evaluating the leakage volume
  • the unit is decibel (dB).
  • the far-field normalization parameter ⁇ of a single-point sound source is used as a reference. As the distance between two-point sound sources increases from d to 10d, the far-field normalization parameter ⁇ gradually increases, indicating leakage The sound gradually becomes louder.
  • the normalization parameter ⁇ please refer to formula (4) and its related description.
  • adding a baffle structure to the acoustic output device is beneficial to improve the output effect of the acoustic output device, that is, increase the sound intensity at the near-field listening position while reducing the volume of far-field leakage.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary distribution of baffles provided between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the auricle when the two-point sound sources are located on both sides of the auricle, the auricle has the effect of a baffle, so for convenience, the auricle may also be called a baffle.
  • the result can be equivalent to that the near-field sound is produced by a two-point sound source with a spacing of D1 (also called mode 1), and the far-field sound is produced by a two-point sound with a spacing of D2.
  • Source generation also called mode 2
  • Fig. 15 is a graph showing changes in listening volume with frequency when the auricle is located between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the volume of the near-field sound (that is, the sound heard by the user’s ears) when the two-point sound source is distributed on both sides of the auricle is the same as that of Mode 1.
  • the near-field sound volume is basically the same, and both are greater than the near-field sound volume of Mode 2, and are close to the near-field sound volume of a single-point sound source.
  • the frequency increases (for example, when the frequency is between 2000 Hz and 7000 Hz)
  • the volume of the near-field sound when the mode 1 and two-point sound sources are distributed on both sides of the auricle is greater than that of the single-point sound source.
  • Fig. 16 is a graph showing the variation of the leakage sound volume with frequency when the auricle is located between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the far-field leakage sound volume will increase, but when the two-point sound source is distributed on both sides of the auricle, the far-field leakage sound volume produced by it is the same as that of the far-field mode 2
  • the sound leakage volume is basically the same, and both are smaller than the far-field leakage sound volume of Mode 1 and the far-field sound leakage volume of a single-point sound source. This shows that when the user's auricle is located between the two-point sound source, the sound transmitted from the sound source to the far field can be effectively reduced, that is, the sound leakage from the sound source to the surrounding environment can be effectively reduced.
  • FIG. 17 is a graph of normalized parameters changing with frequency when the two-point sound sources of the acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application are distributed on both sides of the auricle.
  • the normalized parameter when the two-point sound source is distributed on both sides of the auricle is smaller than Mode 1 (there is no baffle structure between the two-point sound source, and the distance is D1), Mode 2 (no baffle structure between the two-point sound source, and the spacing is D2) and the normalized parameters in the case of a single-point sound source, which shows that when the two-point sound source is located on both sides of the auricle, the acoustic output
  • the device has better ability to reduce leakage.
  • the near-field volume or/and far-field leakage of the listening position under different conditions The sound volume is specified.
  • Fig. 18 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with frequency between two point sound sources with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic output device adds a baffle between two point sound sources (ie, two sound guide holes), in the near field, it is equivalent to increasing the distance between the two point sound sources.
  • the sound volume at the listening position is equivalent to being produced by a set of two-point sound sources with a large distance, so that the listening volume in the near field is significantly increased compared to the case without a baffle.
  • the sound leakage is equivalent to a set of two point sound sources with a small distance, so the sound leakage is in the presence or absence of baffles.
  • the situation does not change significantly. It can be seen that by setting a baffle between the two sound guide holes (two-point sound source), while effectively improving the sound leakage reduction capability of the acoustic output device, it can also significantly increase the near-field volume of the sound output device. Therefore, the requirements for components that play a sounding role in the acoustic output device are greatly reduced, and at the same time, the electrical loss of the acoustic output device can be reduced. Therefore, the use time of the acoustic output device can be greatly extended with a certain amount of power.
  • Fig. 19 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the dual-point sound source is 300 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • 20 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the two-point sound source is 1000 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the listening volume when there is a baffle between the two-point sound sources is always greater than that of the two-point sound source.
  • the baffle structure between the two point sound sources can effectively increase the listening volume in the near field.
  • the volume of the leakage sound when there is a baffle between the two-point sound sources is equivalent to the sound leakage volume when there is no baffle between the two-point sound sources, which indicates whether a baffle is set between the two-point sound sources at this frequency
  • the structure has little effect on the far-field leakage.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume and the leakage volume with the distance between the two-point sound source when the frequency of the two-point sound source is 5000 Hz with or without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the listening volume when there is a baffle between the two-point sound sources is always greater than that between the two-point sound sources The listening volume when there is no baffle.
  • the leakage volume of the two-point sound source with and without the baffle fluctuates with the change of the distance d, but on the whole, it can be seen whether there is a baffle structure between the two-point sound source.
  • the far-field leakage has little effect.
  • FIG. 22 is a graph showing the variation of listening volume with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 1 cm according to some embodiments of the present application
  • FIG. 23 is a graph showing that the distance d between two-point sound sources according to some embodiments of the present application is The graph of listening volume changes with frequency at 2cm
  • Figure 24 is a graph showing the graphs of listening volume with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 4cm according to some embodiments of the application.
  • the normalized parameter of the far field varies with frequency when the distance d between the two-point sound sources is 1 cm shown in the embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a graph showing the distance between the two-point sound sources when the distance d is 2 cm according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a graph of the normalized parameter of the far field with frequency when the distance d between two-point sound sources is 4 cm according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • d for different sound guide holes d (for example, 1cm, 2cm, 4cm)
  • two guide holes When the sound holes are arranged on both sides of the auricle (that is, when the “baffle effect” is shown in the figure), the volume provided is higher than that when the sound holes are not arranged on both sides of the auricle (that is, as shown in the figure) Shows the "no baffle effect" when the volume provided is loud.
  • the certain frequency mentioned here may be below 10000 Hz, or preferably, below 5000 Hz, or more preferably, below 1000 Hz.
  • the distance d between two sound guide holes or two-point sound sources cannot be too large.
  • the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to be no more than 20 cm.
  • the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to no more than 12 cm, more preferably, the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to no more than 10 cm, and further preferably, the distance between the two sound guide holes The distance d can be set to be no more than 6 cm.
  • the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to be not less than 1 cm and not more than 12 cm.
  • the two sound guide holes The distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to not less than 1 cm and not more than 10 cm, more preferably, the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to not less than 1 cm and not more than 8 cm, more preferably, the two sound guide holes
  • the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to not less than 1 cm and not more than 6 cm. More preferably, the distance d between the two sound guide holes can be set to not less than 1 cm and not more than 3 cm.
  • the number of sound guide holes on both sides of the baffle is not limited to the above one, but may also be multiple, which may be the same or different.
  • the number of sound guide holes on one side of the baffle can be two, and the number of sound guide holes on the other side can be two or three.
  • the acoustic output device may be provided with at least two sound guide holes, and the at least two sound guide holes include two sound guide holes respectively located on the front and rear sides of the user's auricle. Sound guide hole.
  • the sound guide hole located on the front of the auricle is away from the user’s ear canal.
  • the acoustic path (that is, the acoustic distance from the sound guide hole to the entrance of the user's ear canal) is shorter than the acoustic path of the sound guide hole located at the back of the auricle from the user's ear.
  • listening position 1, listening position 2, and listening position 3 and point sound source a1 is equal, which is r1
  • the distance between listening position 4 and point sound source a1 is r2
  • r2 ⁇ r1 point sound source a1 and a point sound source a2 respectively produce sounds with opposite phases.
  • Figure 29 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume with frequency of a two-point sound source without a baffle according to some embodiments of the present application at different listening positions in the near field.
  • Figure 30 is based on Figure 29, according to the formula (4) The obtained normalized parameters of different listening positions vary with frequency. As shown in Figures 29 and 30, for the listening position 1, since the sound path difference between the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 in the listening position 1 is small, the sound produced by the two point sound sources at the listening position 1 The amplitude difference is small, so the sound of the two point sound sources interferes in listening position 1, resulting in a lower listening volume compared to other listening positions.
  • listening position 2 For listening position 2, compared to listening position 1, the distance between the listening position and point sound source a1 has not changed, that is, the sound path from point sound source a1 to listening position 2 has not changed, but listening position 2 The distance between the point sound source a2 and the point sound source a2 increases, the sound path of the point sound source a2 to the listening position 2 increases, and the amplitude difference between the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 at this position increases, so the two points The listening volume of the sound of the sound source after interference at listening position 2 is greater than the listening volume at listening position 1.
  • listening position 3 Since among all arc positions with r1 as the radius, the sound path difference between point sound source a1 and point sound source a2 to listening position 3 is the largest, so compared to listening position 1 and listening position 2, listening position 3 has the highest listening volume. For the listening position 4, since the distance between the listening position 4 and the point sound source a1 is small, and the sound amplitude of the point sound source a1 at this position is relatively large, the listening volume of the listening position is relatively large. In summary, the listening volume of the near-field listening position will vary with the relative position of the listening position and the two point sound sources.
  • the listening position When the listening position is on the line connecting two point sound sources and on the same side of the two point sound sources (for example, listening position 3), the sound path difference between the two point sound sources at the listening position is the largest (sound path The difference is the distance d) between the two point sound sources. In this case (that is, when the auricle is not used as a baffle), the listening volume at this listening position is greater than the listening volume at other positions.
  • formula (4) when the far-field leakage is constant, the normalized parameter corresponding to the listening position is the smallest, and the ability to reduce leakage is the strongest.
  • reducing the distance r1 between the listening position and the point sound source a1 (for example, listening position 4) can further increase the volume of the listening position, while reducing the sound leakage index, and improving the ability to reduce leakage.
  • Figure 31 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume with frequency at different listening positions of the near-field two-point sound source with baffles (as shown in Figure 28) according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 32 is On the basis of Fig. 31, the normalized parameters of different listening positions obtained according to formula (4) are graphs of changes with frequency. As shown in Figures 31 and 32, compared to the case of no baffle, the listening volume generated by the dual-point sound source at listening position 1 when there is a baffle increases significantly, and the listening volume at listening position 1 exceeds the listening volume The listening volume at position 2 and listening position 3.
  • the effect of the baffle on the sound field of point sound source a2 reaching these two listening positions is not very obvious, so in listening position 2 and listening position 3
  • the volume increase effect is smaller than the volume increase effect of listening position 1 and listening position 4 that are closer to the baffle.
  • the listening volume of the near-field listening position changes with the change of the listening position, so in different listening positions, according to formula (4) .
  • the normalized parameters of the acoustic output device are different. Among them, the listening position with higher listening volume (for example, listening position 1 and listening position 4), the normalization parameter is small, and the ability to reduce leakage is strong; the listening position with lower listening volume (for example, listening Tone position 2 and listening position 3), normalized parameters are larger, and the ability to reduce leakage is weak.
  • the user's auricle can be used as a baffle, and the two sound guide holes on the acoustic output device can be arranged on the front and rear sides of the auricle, and the ear canal is located at two listening positions. Between sound guide holes.
  • the distance from the sound guide hole on the front of the auricle to the ear canal is smaller than the distance from the sound guide hole on the back of the auricle to the ear canal.
  • the acoustic output device may include one or more contact points (for example, "inflection points" on the support structure to match the shape of the ear) that contact the auricle when worn.
  • the contact point may be located on the line of the two sound guide holes or on one side of the line of the two sound guide holes.
  • the ratio of the distance from the sound guide hole on the front side to the contact point to the distance from the sound guide hole on the back side to the contact point may be between 0.05-20, preferably between 0.1-10, more preferably, 0.2 -5, more preferably, 0.4-2.5.
  • Fig. 33 is an exemplary distribution diagram of a dual-point sound source and a baffle (for example, auricle) according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the position of the baffle between the two sound guide holes also has a certain influence on the sound output effect. For illustrative purposes only, as shown in FIG.
  • a baffle is set between the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2, and the listening position is on the line connecting the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2, and the listening position Located between the point sound source a1 and the baffle, the distance between the point sound source a1 and the baffle is L, the distance between the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 is d, and the distance between the point sound source a1 and the listening sound is L1 , The distance between the listening position and the baffle is L2.
  • FIG. 34 is a graph showing the variation of the listening volume of the near field with frequency when the baffle according to some embodiments of the present application is at different positions
  • FIG. 35 is a graph showing how the baffle according to some embodiments of the present application changes when the baffle is at different positions.
  • FIG. 36 is a graph of the normalized parameters of the baffle at different positions according to some embodiments of the present application. Combining Figure 34 to Figure 36, the far-field sound leakage varies little with the position of the baffle between the two-point sound sources.
  • the listening position is farther away from the baffle, and the baffle has less influence on the sound path difference between the point sound source a1 and the point sound source a2 to the listening position, so the volume of the listening position after adding the baffle The change is minor.
  • the position of the two sound guide holes can be designed so that when the user wears the acoustic output device, the sound guide hole on the front side of the auricle is connected to the auricle (or the acoustic output device is used for contact with the auricle).
  • the ratio of the distance between the dots) to the distance between the two sound guide holes is not more than 0.5.
  • the ratio of the distance from the sound guide hole on the front side of the auricle to the auricle (or the contact point on the acoustic output device for contacting the auricle) to the distance between the two sound guide holes is not greater than 0.3. More preferably, the ratio of the distance from the sound guide hole on the front side of the auricle to the auricle (or the contact point on the acoustic output device for contacting the auricle) to the distance between the two sound guide holes is not greater than 0.1.
  • the distance between the sound guide hole on the front side of the auricle and the auricle (or the contact point on the acoustic output device for contacting the auricle) and the distance between the two sound guide holes are not less than 0.05.
  • the ratio of the distance between the two sound guide holes to the height of the pinna is not less than 0.2.
  • the ratio of the distance between the two sound guide holes to the height of the pinna is not greater than 4.
  • the height of the auricle may refer to the length of the auricle in a direction perpendicular to the sagittal plane.
  • the sound path from the acoustic driver to the sound guide hole in the acoustic output device has a certain effect on the near-field volume and far-field leakage.
  • the sound path can be changed by adjusting the length of the cavity between the diaphragm and the sound guide hole in the acoustic output device.
  • the acoustic driver includes one diaphragm, and the front and rear sides of the diaphragm are respectively coupled to two sound guide holes through the front chamber and the rear chamber.
  • the sound path between the diaphragm and the two sound guide holes is different.
  • the sound path ratio of the diaphragm to the two sound guide holes is 0.5-2. More preferably, the sound path ratio of the diaphragm to the two sound guide holes is 0.6-1.5. Further preferably, the sound path ratio of the diaphragm to the two sound guide holes is 0.8-1.2.
  • the amplitude of the sound generated at the two sound guide holes may be changed on the premise of keeping the phases of the sounds generated at the two sound guide holes opposite to improve the output effect of the acoustic output device.
  • the purpose of adjusting the sound amplitude at the sound guide hole can be achieved by adjusting the impedance of the acoustic path between the two sound guide holes and the acoustic driver.
  • impedance may refer to the resistance to be overcome by the displacement of the medium during sound wave conduction.
  • the acoustic path may be filled with or not filled with damping materials (for example, tuning nets, tuning cotton, etc.) to achieve sound amplitude modulation.
  • a resonant cavity, a sound hole, an acoustic slit, a tuning net, or a tuning cotton may be provided in the acoustic path to adjust the acoustic resistance to change the impedance of the acoustic path.
  • the acoustic resistance of the acoustic path can also be changed by adjusting the apertures of the two sound guide holes.
  • the acoustic impedance ratio of the acoustic driver (the diaphragm) to the two sound guide holes is 0.5-2. More preferably, the ratio of the acoustic impedance of the acoustic driver (diaphragm) to the two sound guide holes is 0.8-1.2.
  • the listening position may not be on the line of the dual-point sound source, but may also be above, below, or in the extending direction of the line of the dual-point sound source.
  • the distance between the point sound source and the auricle and the measurement method of the height of the auricle can also be adjusted according to different scenarios. The above similar changes are all within the protection scope of this application.
  • Fig. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another acoustic output device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency band of listening is mainly concentrated in the middle and low frequency bands, and the optimization goal is mainly to increase the listening volume in this frequency band.
  • the listening position is fixed, adjusting the parameters of the dual-point sound source by certain means can achieve the effect of a significant increase in the listening volume while the leakage volume is basically unchanged (the increase in the listening volume is greater than the increase in the leakage volume).
  • the sound leakage reduction effect of the dual-point sound source becomes weaker.
  • the main objective is to reduce the sound leakage.
  • the acoustic output device 1000 may further include an acoustic driver 1030.
  • the acoustic driver 1030 outputs sound from the two second sound guide holes. Regarding the acoustic driver 1030 and the second sound guide hole and the structure between them, reference may be made to the detailed description of the acoustic driver 1020 and the first sound guide hole. In some embodiments, the acoustic driver 1030 and the acoustic driver 1020 can respectively output sounds of different frequencies.
  • the acoustic output device may further include a controller configured to cause the acoustic driver 1020 to output sound in a first frequency range and cause the acoustic driver 1030 to output sound in a second frequency range, wherein ,
  • the second frequency range includes frequencies higher than the first frequency range.
  • the range of the first frequency is 100 Hz-1000 Hz
  • the range of the second frequency is 1000 Hz-10000 Hz.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 is a low frequency speaker, and the acoustic driver 1030 is a mid to high frequency speaker. Due to the different frequency response characteristics of low frequency speakers and mid-to-high frequency speakers, the output sound frequency bands will also be different. By using low frequency speakers and mid-to-high frequency speakers, the high and low frequency sounds can be divided, and then the low frequency can be constructed separately. Double-point sound source and mid-high frequency double-point sound source are used for near-field sound output and far-field leakage reduction.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 can provide a two-point sound source that outputs low-frequency sound through the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012, and is mainly used to output sound in the low frequency band.
  • Low-frequency dual-point sound sources can be distributed on both sides of the auricle to increase the volume near the ear in the near field.
  • the acoustic driver 1030 can provide a double-point sound source outputting a mid-to-high frequency band through the two second sound guide holes, and can reduce the mid-to-high frequency sound leakage by controlling the distance between the two second sound guide holes.
  • the mid-to-high frequency dual-point sound source can be distributed on both sides of the auricle, or on the same side of the auricle.
  • the acoustic driver 1020 may provide a two-point sound source outputting full-frequency sound through the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012, so as to further increase the volume of the near-field sound.
  • the distance d2 between the two second sound guide holes is smaller than the distance d1 between the sound guide hole 1011 and the sound guide hole 1012, that is, d1 is greater than d2.
  • d1 is greater than d2.
  • the sound guide holes of the acoustic output device are not limited to the two sound guide holes 1011 and 1012 corresponding to the acoustic driver 1720 shown in FIG. 37, which are distributed on both sides of the auricle and two corresponding to the acoustic driver 1030.
  • the second sound guide hole is distributed on the front side of the auricle.
  • the two second sound guide holes corresponding to the acoustic driver 1030 may be distributed on the same side of the auricle (for example, behind, above, or below the auricle).
  • the two second sound guide holes corresponding to the acoustic driver 1030 may be distributed on both sides of the auricle.
  • the sound guide hole 1011 is located between the two sound guide holes 1011 and 1012.
  • a baffle can be arranged occasionally/between the two second sound guide holes to further increase the listening volume in the near field and reduce the sound leakage in the far field.
  • the two sound guide holes corresponding to the acoustic driver 1020 may also be located on the same side of the auricle (for example, the front side, the back side, above, and below the auricle).
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a sound emitting structure of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 may be an enlarged view of the sounding structure 3805 in FIG. 38.
  • Fig. 40 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a partition structure of an exemplary open binaural earphone according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 40 may be a schematic cross-sectional view of the separator structure in FIG. 38 along C-C.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 may include a housing 3810, at least one microphone 3820, an acoustic driver 3830, and a sound guide 3840 corresponding to the acoustic driver 3830 (for example, Sound guide tube 3840-1, sound guide tube 3840-2, sound guide tube 3840-3, sound guide tube 3840-4, etc.), partition 3850, circuit board 3860, Bluetooth module 3870, and power module 3880.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 may further include an electronic frequency dividing module (not shown in the figure, please refer to the electronic frequency dividing module 110).
  • the electronic frequency dividing module, the acoustic driver 3830, and the sound pipe 3840 may be collectively referred to as an acoustic output device.
  • the acoustic output device please refer to the relevant acoustic output device (for example, acoustic output device 100, acoustic output device 300, acoustic output device 400, acoustic output device 500, acoustic output device 600, acoustic output device) in FIGS. 1 to 37 The description of the device 1000, etc.) will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic frequency dividing module may be disposed in the housing 3810.
  • Exemplary electronic crossover modules may include passive filters, active filters, analog filters, digital filters, etc., or combinations thereof.
  • acoustic drivers 3830 with different frequency response characteristics can be set to output transducers with different frequency responses.
  • the sound contains different frequency band components.
  • frequency division processing of audio signals can also be implemented in the acoustic path.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 can generate a full-band sound, and the sound output by the acoustic driver 3830 can be acoustically filtered by setting acoustic paths with different acoustic impedances so that the sounds output through different acoustic paths have different frequency components.
  • acoustic path frequency division please refer to Figs. 4, 8A to 8C and their descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
  • the frequency division processing of the audio signal can also be implemented by combining two or more of the above methods.
  • the sound signals of different frequencies generated by the acoustic driver 3830 can be transmitted from different sound guide holes 3842 (for example, sound guide holes 3842-1, sound guide holes 3842-2, sound guide holes 3842-3 through different sound guide tubes 3840. , Sound guide hole 3842-4, etc.) output to the user.
  • sound guide 3840 is only an exemplary embodiment of the acoustic path through which sound can propagate in the open binaural earphone 3800.
  • acoustic paths such as acoustic cavities, resonant cavities, acoustic holes, acoustic slits, tuning nets, etc., or any combination of structures
  • other acoustic paths such as acoustic cavities, resonant cavities, acoustic holes, acoustic slits, tuning nets, etc., or any combination of structures
  • the frequency-divided signal generated after processing the audio signal may have a narrower frequency band than the frequency band of the audio signal, but its frequency band is within the frequency band of the audio signal.
  • the frequency band of the audio signal may range from 10 Hz to 30 kHz.
  • the frequency band of the frequency division signal may be 100 Hz to 200 Hz, which is narrower than and within the frequency band range of the audio signal.
  • the combination of frequency bands of the frequency-divided signal may completely cover the frequency band of the audio signal. Additionally or alternatively, the combination of frequency bands of the frequency-divided signal may partially cover the frequency band of the audio signal.
  • At least two of the frequency-divided signals may have different frequency bands (different frequency bands refer to two frequency bands with different at least one parameter of the frequency band center value and the frequency bandwidth).
  • each frequency-divided signal may have a characteristic frequency band that is different from the frequency band of other frequency-divided signals (that is, includes a frequency band that does not overlap with the frequency band range of other frequency-divided signals).
  • Different frequency-divided signals can have the same frequency bandwidth or different frequency bandwidths.
  • the overlap between the frequency bands of a pair of adjacent frequency-divided signals in the frequency domain can be avoided, thereby improving the voice output effect.
  • two frequency-divided signals with close center frequencies can be considered to be adjacent to each other in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency bands of a pair of adjacent frequency-divided signals please refer to FIGS. 42A and 42B and related descriptions.
  • the actual low-frequency and high-frequency sound output by the open binaural headset 3800 may be generated in the frequency band near the crossover point. Certain overlap (aliasing). It is understandable that these overlaps will not affect the overall sound leakage reduction effect of the open binaural headset 3800 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the housing 3810 is the external structure of the open binaural earphone 3800, and its shape is set according to the wearing mode of the earphone (for example, ear-hook earphone and headband earphone) and specific usage requirements, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the housing 3810 may cooperate with the user's auricle so that it is not easy to fall off when hung on the user's ear.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 with the housing 3810 can also be called an ear-hook headset.
  • the housing 3810 may straddle the top of the user's head, and be fixed on the human head in a form similar to a headband, with the two ends thereof at a certain distance from the user's ear.
  • the open binaural headphones with the housing 3810 can also be called headband headphones.
  • the housing 3810 may be a hollow structure.
  • a microphone 3820, an acoustic driver 3830, a sound pipe 3840, a partition 3850, a circuit board 3860, a Bluetooth module 3870, a power module 3880, etc. can be arranged in the hollow structure.
  • the microphone 3820 and the acoustic driver 3830 may be located at the front end of the housing 3810; the circuit board 3860 may be located at the middle section of the housing 3810; the Bluetooth module 3870 and the power module 3880 may be located at the rear end of the housing 3810.
  • the microphone 3820, the acoustic driver 3830, the sound tube 3840, the partition 3850, the circuit board 3860, the Bluetooth module 3870, and the power module 3880 may be located in any other suitable positions of the housing 3810, which are not here. Make specific restrictions.
  • the acoustic driver 3830-1, the microphone 3820, the circuit board 3860, etc. may be located at the front end of the housing 3810, the Bluetooth module 3870 may be located in the middle section of the housing 3810; the acoustic driver 3830-2, the battery module 3880 may be located at the rear of the housing 3810 end.
  • the Bluetooth module 3870 and the power supply module 3880 may be located at the front end of the housing 3810; the microphone 3820 and the circuit board 3860 may be located in the middle section of the housing 3810; the acoustic driver 3830-1 and the acoustic driver 3830-2 may both be located in the housing 3810 At the rear end, a sound guide hole can be provided at the front end of the housing 3810 through a sound guide tube.
  • the position of the microphone 3820, acoustic driver 3830, sound tube 3840, partition 3850, circuit board 3860, Bluetooth module 3870 and power module 3880 in the housing 3810 can be based on the open binaural headset 3800
  • the specific positions of the components in the drawings are only for illustrative purposes and do not limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • the acoustic driver 3830-1 and the acoustic driver 3830-2 may be separated by a partition 3850.
  • the housing 3810 may be integrally formed. In some embodiments, the housing 3810 may also be assembled by means of plug-in connection, clamping connection and the like. In some embodiments, the housing 3810 may be made of metal materials (for example, copper, aluminum, titanium, gold, etc.), alloy materials (for example, aluminum alloys, titanium alloys, etc.), and plastic materials (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, Epoxy resin, nylon, etc.), fiber materials (for example, acetate fiber, propionate fiber, carbon fiber, etc.). In some embodiments, a sheath may be provided outside the housing 3810. The sheath can be made of a soft material with certain elasticity, such as soft silica gel, rubber, etc., to provide a better touch for users to wear.
  • metal materials for example, copper, aluminum, titanium, gold, etc.
  • alloy materials for example, aluminum alloys, titanium alloys, etc.
  • plastic materials for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, Epoxy resin, nylon, etc.
  • fiber materials for example,
  • the surface of the housing 3810 can be provided with sound guide holes, for example, a first sound guide hole 3842-1, a second sound guide hole 3842-2, a third sound guide hole 3842-3, a fourth sound guide hole 3842-4, etc. .
  • the open binaural earphone 3800 can transmit sound to the user through the air through the sound guide hole.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may convert the frequency-divided signal (for example, an electrical signal) into a sound signal, and transmit the sound signal to the corresponding sound guide hole through the corresponding sound pipe, and then transmit the sound signal to the user through the sound guide hole.
  • each sound guide hole on the open binaural earphone 3800 can be approximately regarded as a point sound source.
  • the microphone 3820 can be used to receive external sound signals (for example, a user's voice signal), and convert the received sound signals into electrical signals. After the sound signal received by the microphone 3820 is processed (for example, filtering, denoising, amplifying, smoothing and/or frequency division, etc.), an audio signal (or frequency division signal) can be obtained, and the audio signal is passed through the open binaural Other components of the headset 3800 (such as Bluetooth components, WIFI components) are sent to the objects or devices that communicate with the open binaural headset 3800.
  • external sound signals for example, a user's voice signal
  • an audio signal or frequency division signal
  • Other components of the headset 3800 such as Bluetooth components, WIFI components
  • the acoustic driver 3830 can be used to convert the input electrical signal into a sound signal for output.
  • the conversion method may be a vibration and sound method.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may process the received audio signal into frequency signals due to the difference in their respective frequency responses, and convert them into sound signals of different frequency bands, and then output them to the open ears. Users of 3800 headsets.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may directly receive frequency-divided signals of different frequency bands, convert the received frequency-divided signals into sound signals, and then respectively output them to users wearing the open binaural headphones 3800.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may include at least two speaker units (or transducers). For example only, FIG.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may include an air conduction speaker, a bone conduction speaker, a hydro-acoustic transducer, an ultrasonic transducer, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may include a moving coil speaker, a moving iron speaker, a piezoelectric speaker, an electrostatic speaker, a magnetostrictive speaker, a balanced armature speaker, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • each speaker unit may have the same frequency response characteristics. In some embodiments, each speaker unit may have different frequency response characteristics.
  • the specific speaker unit corresponding to the specific frequency division signal may mean that the frequency band of the frequency division signal input to the specific speaker unit may be the same as the frequency band of the specific frequency division signal, or it may mean that the specific speaker unit can generate
  • the specific sound signal may also mean that the frequency band of the sound signal transmitted through the sound guide hole after the signal transmitted by the specific speaker unit is the same as the specific frequency division signal.
  • Each speaker unit can be used to convert input electrical signals (such as different frequency-divided signals) into sound signals through vibration and sound, and then output them.
  • each speaker unit may correspond to two sound guide holes.
  • Each loudspeaker unit can output a group of sound signals with opposite phases and the same intensity, which are respectively transmitted to the user through the sound guide tube 3840 and the two corresponding sound guide holes 3842.
  • the speaker unit may include a diaphragm, which is driven by an electric signal to generate vibration, and the front and back of the diaphragm can simultaneously output normal phase sound and reverse phase sound.
  • the normal phase sound and the reverse phase sound can be superimposed in the same or similar phase at the listening position (ie, the near field such as the center position of the human ear hole); at the same time, the far field (A common leakage point in the surrounding environment)
  • the normal phase sound and the reverse phase sound are reversed in phase, so that the leakage reduction ability of the open binaural headset 3800 can be improved on the premise of ensuring the near-field sound volume.
  • the two sound guide holes corresponding to the same speaker unit may be referred to as dual point sound sources.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the second sound guide hole 3842-2 corresponding to the speaker unit 3830-1 may be referred to as a two-point sound source; the third sound guide hole 3842 corresponding to the speaker unit 3830-2 -3 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 can also be called a dual point sound source.
  • the frequency band and amplitude of the frequency-divided signal transmitted from each sound guide hole in the dual-point sound source may be the same, and the phase may be different (for example, it may be opposite).
  • the frequency band of the frequency-divided signal transmitted from each sound guide hole in the dual-point sound source may be the same, and the phase may be the same.
  • the speaker unit may only correspond to a unique sound guide hole. That is, the speaker unit corresponds to a single point sound source. In other words, the speaker unit can only output a unique frequency-divided signal.
  • the side of the speaker unit 3830-1 facing the sound guide hole 3842-2 may be closed.
  • a dual-point sound source can be constructed by using two speaker units (ie, two single-point sound sources).
  • two balanced armature speakers may be used to construct a high-frequency dual-point sound source (that is, the dual-point sound source corresponds to a high-frequency signal).
  • the frequency, phase, amplitude derivative and other parameters of the frequency-divided signal corresponding to each single-point sound source in each group of dual-point sound sources can be adjusted individually.
  • the frequency of each single-point sound source in each group of dual-point sound sources may be the same, and the phase may be the same or different.
  • the frequency of each single-point sound source in each group of dual-point sound sources may be the same, and the amplitude may be the same or different.
  • the higher the frequency band of the frequency-divided signal corresponding to the speaker unit the shorter the distance between the corresponding sound guide holes.
  • the first speaker unit 3830-1 can be used to output low-frequency signals
  • the second speaker unit 3830-2 can be used to output high-frequency signals.
  • the first speaker unit 3830-1 corresponds to the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the second The distance between the two sound guide holes 3842-2 may be greater than the distance between the third sound guide hole 3842-3 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 corresponding to the second speaker unit 3830-2.
  • the audio signal can be divided into three frequency bands such as low, medium and high.
  • different spacing to obtain low-frequency two-point sound source, mid-frequency two-point sound source and high-frequency two-point sound source.
  • the low-frequency two-point sound source has the largest distance
  • the intermediate-frequency two-point sound source has the middle distance
  • the high-frequency two-point sound source has the smallest distance.
  • the low frequency band since the increase in the listening sound is greater than the increase in the leakage volume after the sound source spacing is enlarged, a higher volume output can be achieved in the low frequency band.
  • the acoustic driver 3830 may only include a first speaker unit 3830-1 and a second speaker unit 3830-2, where the first speaker unit 3830-1 corresponds to a low frequency signal, and the second speaker unit 3830-2 corresponds to a high frequency signal. signal.
  • the crossover point between low frequency and high frequency may be between 600 Hz and 1.2 kHz.
  • the first speaker unit 3830-1 may correspond to two sound guide holes 3842-1 and 3842-2; the second speaker unit 3830-2 may correspond to two sound guide holes 3842-3 and 3842-4.
  • the sound guide hole distance d h 3842-1 and 3842-3 and 3842-4 between the distance d l and a sound guide hole between 3842-2 may be any value.
  • d l may be not greater than 40mm, e.g., in the range of 20mm-40mm, d h can be no greater than 12mm, and larger than d l d h.
  • d l may be not less than 12mm
  • d h may not be greater than 7mm, e.g., in the range of 3mm-7mm.
  • d l may be 30mm
  • d h may be 5mm.
  • d l may be at least twice d h .
  • d l may be at least 3 times greater than d h .
  • the first d l may be at least 5 times more than the d h.
  • the range of d l /d h can be 2-10; preferably, the range of d l /d h can be 2.5-9.5; more preferably, the range of d l /d h can be 3 9; More preferably, the range of d l /d h can be 3.5-8.5; more preferably, the range of d l /d h can be 4-8; more preferably, the range of d l /d h can be 4.5 -7.5; ranges more preferably, d l / d h can be 5-7; ranges more preferably, d l / d h may range from 5.5 to 6.5; more preferably, d l / d h 6 may be.
  • each group of dual-point sound sources may include a near-ear point sound source and a far-ear point sound source.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 is closer to the ear hole than the second sound guide hole 3842-2
  • the third sound guide hole 3842-3 is closer to the fourth sound guide hole.
  • the sound hole 3842-4 is closer to the ear hole, the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 can be called the near-ear point sound source, the second sound guide hole 3842-2 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-3
  • the sound hole 3842-4 may be referred to as a distant ear point sound source.
  • the distance L between the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may not be greater than 20mm; alternatively, L may not be greater than 18mm; more preferably, L may not More than 16mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 14mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 12mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 10mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 9mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than More preferably, L may not be greater than 7mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 6mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 5mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 4mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than More than 3 mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 2 mm; more preferably, L may not be greater than 1 mm; more preferably, L may be equal to zero.
  • the near-ear point sound sources in each group of two-point sound sources can be combined into one sound guide hole, which can serve as the dominant sound hole to transmit sound to the ear hole of the user.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 can be combined into one sound guide hole (sound guide hole 3842-5 in FIG. 41).
  • at least a part of the structure of the at least one sound guide hole may face the user's ear. In this way, the sound emitted from the sound guide hole can propagate toward the user's ear hole (as shown in FIG. 41).
  • the shape of the sound guide hole may include, but is not limited to, one of a bar, a circle, an ellipse, a square, a trapezoid, a rounded quadrilateral, a triangle, an irregular pattern, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the shape of each sound guide hole may be the same or different.
  • the shape of the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may be circular, and the shape of the second sound guide hole 3842-2 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 may be oval.
  • the shape of the first sound guide hole 3842-1 may be a bar shape
  • the shape of the second sound guide hole 3842-2 may be an oval shape
  • the shape of the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may be a circle
  • the shape of the four sound guide holes 3842-4 may be triangular.
  • the shapes of the first sound guide hole 3842-1, the second sound guide hole 3842-2, the third sound guide hole 3842-3, and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 may all be strip-shaped.
  • the apertures or sizes of the sound guide holes corresponding to different speaker units may be the same or different.
  • the volume of the corresponding listening sound and/or sound leakage may also be different.
  • the near-to-far aperture ratio ie, the ratio of the aperture size of the near-ear point sound guide hole to the far-ear point sound guide hole
  • the dual-point sound source can obtain stronger leakage reduction Tone capability.
  • the higher the frequency band of the crossover signal corresponding to the dual-point sound source the smaller the near-to-far aperture ratio may be.
  • the aperture of the near-ear point sound source and the aperture of the far-ear point sound source may gradually become the same.
  • the aperture of the near-ear point sound source can be set larger than that of the far-ear point;
  • the apertures of point sound sources are the same or similar.
  • the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 1; optionally, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 5; more preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 10. ; More preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 15; more preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 20; more preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be less than 25; more preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not Less than 30;
  • the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be greater than 10; preferably, the near-to-far aperture ratio may not be greater than 8; more preferably, the near-far aperture ratio may not be greater than 6. ; More preferably, the near-distal aperture ratio may not be greater than 4; more preferably, the near-distal aperture ratio may not be greater than 3; more preferably, the near-distal aperture ratio may not be greater than 2; more preferably, the near-distal aperture ratio may be equal to 1.
  • the center point of the near-ear point sound source of each group of dual-point sound sources is the center point of the user’s ear hole 4210
  • the distance D n between may not be greater than 10 cm; preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 9 cm; more preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 8 cm; more preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 7 cm; more preferably, The distance D n may not be greater than 6 cm; more preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 5 cm; more preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 4 cm; more preferably, the distance D n may not be greater than 3 cm; more preferably, the
  • the open binaural headset 4200 may include a low-frequency speaker unit and a tweeter unit, and the near-ear sound guide hole corresponding to the low-frequency speaker unit may be combined with the corresponding near-ear sound guide hole of the tweeter unit.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may be combined into a sound guide hole 3842-5.
  • one end of the sound guide hole 3842-5 may be disposed on the end surface 3812, and the other end of the sound guide hole 3842-5 may be disposed on the end surface 3814.
  • This setting can make the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 (ie the near-ear point sound source) face the user’s ear hole when the user wears the open binaural headset 3800, so that the user can hear the sound (I.e. listening) the volume is higher.
  • the second sound guide hole 3842-2 may be provided on the end surface 3812.
  • the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 may be provided on the end surface 3816.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1, the second sound guide hole 3842-2, the third sound guide hole 3842-3, and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 can all be provided on the end surface 3812 (or end surface 3816) on.
  • the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may be provided on the end surface 3812 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 may be provided on the opposite surface of the end surface 3812.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the second sound guide hole 3842-2 may be provided at any part of the front end of the housing 3810 (for example, the end surface 3812, the end surface 3814, or the end surface 3816). ), the third sound guide hole 3842-3 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 can be arranged at any part of the rear end of the housing 3810.
  • the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the third sound guide hole 3842-3 may be provided at the front end of the housing 3810, and the second sound guide hole 3842-2 and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 may be Set at the rear end of the housing 3810.
  • the distance D between the center point of the sound guide hole 3842-5 and the center point of the nearest ear hole may not be greater than 10 cm; preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 9cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 8cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 7cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 6cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 5cm; more preferably, The distance D may not be greater than 4cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 3cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 2.5cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 2cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 1.5cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 1cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater than 0.5cm; more preferably, the distance D may not be greater
  • a baffle structure may be provided between the two-point sound sources, and the volume of the near-field listening position can be significantly increased under the condition that the far-field leakage sound volume does not increase significantly, thereby enhancing the user's listening effect.
  • the low-frequency dual-point sound source may include a sound guide hole arranged at the near ear point, and the corresponding far ear sound guide hole may be arranged at the rear end of the housing 3810.
  • This setting allows the user to wear the open binaural headphone 3800 with the user’s ear contour separated between the near-ear point sound source and the far-ear point sound source.
  • the ear contour can act as a baffle, significantly increasing the volume of the near-field listening position, thereby enhancing the user's listening effect.
  • the diameter of the sound guide tube cannot be too small, otherwise it will easily cause excessive sound loss and reduce Output volume.
  • the diameter of the sound guide tube is too large, if the transmitted sound is greater than a certain frequency, high-order waves will be generated in the tube. Therefore, in order to prevent the sound guide tube from generating high-order waves within the sound range to be transmitted, but only plane waves propagating in the direction of the tube, the sound guide tube radius can be set reasonably.
  • the radius of the sound pipe may be 0.5mm-10mm; preferably, the radius of the sound pipe may be 0.5mm-9mm; more preferably, the radius of the sound pipe may be 0.7mm-8mm; more preferably, The radius of the sound pipe may be 0.9mm-7.5mm; more preferably, the radius of the sound pipe may be 1mm-7mm; more preferably, the radius of the sound pipe may be 1.5mm-6.5mm; more preferably, the radius of the sound pipe It can be 2mm-6mm; more preferably, the sound pipe radius can be 2.5mm-5.5mm; more preferably, the sound pipe radius can be 3mm-5mm; more preferably, the sound pipe radius can be 3.5mm-4.5 mm; More preferably, the radius of the sound pipe may be 3.7mm-4.2mm.
  • the radiation impedance of the sound guide tube and the nozzle can interact, so that the sound of a specific frequency forms a standing wave in the tube, which causes the output sound to form peaks at certain frequencies. / Valley, affect the sound output effect. The longer the length of the sound pipe, the lower the frequency of peaks/valleys and the greater the number of peaks/valleys.
  • the length of the sound pipe is not greater than 300mm; more preferably, the length of the sound pipe is not greater than 250mm; more preferably, the length of the sound pipe is not greater than 200mm; more preferably, the length of the sound pipe is not greater than 150mm; more preferably , The length of the sound guide tube is not more than 100mm; more preferably, the length of the sound guide tube is not more than 50mm; more preferably, the length of the sound guide tube is not more than 30mm; more preferably, the length of the sound guide tube is not more than 20mm; more preferably, the sound guide tube is not more than 20mm in length; The length of the sound tube is not more than 10mm.
  • an impedance matching layer may be provided at the sound guide hole to reduce the influence of peaks/valleys.
  • the length-to-diameter ratio (that is, the length to diameter) of the sound guide tube will also affect its internal sound. It has the effect of low-pass filtering and also has a damping effect, which will eventually cause the volume to change. Small, the lower the high frequency volume, the greater the attenuation of the frequency. In order to ensure that the sound attenuation is not too large to affect listening.
  • the length to diameter ratio of the sound guide tube may not be greater than 200; more preferably, the length to diameter ratio of the sound guide tube may not be greater than 180; more preferably, the length to diameter ratio of the sound guide tube may not be greater than 160; more preferably, the sound guide tube
  • the tube length to diameter ratio may not be greater than 150; more preferably, the sound guide tube may not be more than 130; more preferably, the sound tube length to diameter ratio may not be more than 110; more preferably, the sound tube length to diameter ratio may be More preferably, the length-to-diameter ratio of the sound guide tube may not be more than 50; more preferably, the tube length-to-diameter ratio may not be more than 30; more preferably, the tube length-to-diameter ratio may not be more than 10.
  • the parameters (for example, length, radius, aspect ratio, etc.) of each sound pipe may be the same or different.
  • the length of the first sound guide tube 3840-1 may be 5 mm
  • the length of the second sound guide tube 3840-2 may be 30 mm.
  • the length of the first sound guide tube 3840-1 and the third sound guide tube 3840-3 may both be 5 mm.
  • the acoustic driver 3830-1 can be made to generate amplitude at the first sound guide hole 3842-1 and the second sound guide hole 3842-2, respectively.
  • the higher the frequency band of the frequency-divided signal in the dual-point sound source the greater the phase difference.
  • phase difference of the low-frequency signal transmitted from the two point sound sources can be adjusted to be equal to or approximately equal to 0°;
  • phase difference of the high-frequency signals transmitted from the two point sound sources can be adjusted to be equal to or approximately equal to 180°.
  • the phase difference between the dual-point sound source and the near-field listening position (or the center point of the ear hole) is equal to or approximately equal to 0°
  • the dual-point sound source The phase difference arriving at the far field is equal to or approximately equal to 180°.
  • the phase difference of the two-point sound source may be equal to 5°, 10°, 20°, 50°, 70°, 90°, 100°, 120°, 130°, 150°, 170°, 175° , 180°, etc., or a combination thereof.
  • the circuit board 3860 can be used to integrate various components to realize various functions.
  • a frequency division processing unit may be integrated on the circuit board to realize frequency division processing of audio signals.
  • a signal processing unit may be integrated on the circuit board to adjust the phase and amplitude of the audio signal.
  • the Bluetooth module 3870 can be used to enable the open binaural headset 3800 to communicate with external devices.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 and external audio equipment can communicate through the Bluetooth module 3870.
  • the Bluetooth module 3870 may be integrated on the circuit board 3860.
  • the power module 3880 can be used to provide power to the various components of the open binaural headset 3800.
  • the power module 3880 may include a battery, a dry battery, a lithium battery, a Danner battery, a fuel cell, and the like.
  • a battery a dry battery
  • a lithium battery a lithium battery
  • a Danner battery a fuel cell, and the like.
  • the circuit board 3860, the Bluetooth module 3870, and the power supply module 3880 of the open binaural headset 3800 please refer to the settings of conventional headsets in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 may include one or more additional components. Additionally or alternatively, one or more components of the open binaural earphone 3800 described above may be omitted.
  • a feedback microphone can be added to the open binaural headset 3800. The feedback microphone can be used to reduce residual noise (e.g., circuit current noise).
  • the partition 3850 may be omitted.
  • the housing 3810 may be provided with one or more buttons (for example, a volume increase key, a volume decrease key, a switch button, a Bluetooth switch key, etc.).
  • the open binaural headset 3800 can be connected to the user terminal through the Bluetooth module 3870.
  • the user terminal can display a control interface, and the user can issue a control command through the control interface, for example, increase/decrease the volume, etc., and the control signal can be received by the Bluetooth module 3870 to further realize the control of the headset.
  • the Bluetooth module 3870 can be omitted.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 can communicate with external devices through a data cable.
  • Figure 42A shows an exemplary frequency response 4210 of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and an exemplary frequency response 4220 of the second speaker unit 3830-2 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 42B shows an exemplary frequency response 4210 of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and another exemplary frequency response 4230 of the second speaker unit 3830-2 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the first speaker unit 3830-1 may be configured to process the audio signal to generate a first frequency-divided signal.
  • the second speaker unit 3830-2 may be configured to process the audio signal to generate a second frequency-divided signal.
  • the second frequency division signal may be adjacent to the first frequency division signal in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 may have the same frequency bandwidth.
  • the frequency response 4210 of the first speaker unit 3830-1 has a low half power point f1, a high half power point f2, and a center frequency f3.
  • the half power point of a certain frequency response may refer to a frequency point with a specific power suppression (for example, -3dB).
  • the frequency bandwidth of the frequency response 4210 may be equal to the difference between f2 and f1.
  • the frequency response 4220 of the second speaker unit 3830-2 has a low half power point f2, a high half power point f4, and a center frequency f5.
  • the frequency bandwidth of the frequency response 4220 may be equal to the difference between f4 and f2.
  • the frequency bandwidths of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 may be equal to each other.
  • the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 may have different frequency bandwidths.
  • the frequency response 4230 of the second speaker unit 3830-2 has a low half power point f2, a high half power point f7 (greater than f4), and a center frequency f6.
  • the frequency bandwidth of the frequency response 4230 of the second speaker unit 3830-2 may be equal to the difference between f7 and f2, and the difference may be greater than the frequency bandwidth of the frequency response 4210 of the first speaker unit 3830-1.
  • the frequency responses of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 may intersect at a specific frequency point.
  • the intersection of the frequency responses can cause a certain range of overlap between the first and second frequency responses.
  • there may be a certain overlap range which may cause an interference range between the first frequency-divided signal and the second frequency-divided signal, and affect the quality of the first frequency-divided signal and the second frequency-divided signal.
  • the larger the overlap range the larger the interference range may be, and the lower the quality of the first and second frequency-divided signals may be.
  • the specific frequency point at which the frequency responses of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 intersect may be close to the half power point of the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and/or the second The half power point of the frequency response of the speaker unit 3830-2.
  • the threshold for example, 2 dB
  • the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 there may be less energy loss or repetition in the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2, which may result in the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker
  • Appropriate overlapping ranges appear between the frequency responses of unit 3830-2.
  • the half power point is -3dB and the threshold is -2dB
  • the frequency response intersects at a frequency point with a power level greater than -5dB and/or less than -1dB, the overlap range can be considered to be relatively small.
  • the center frequency and/or bandwidth of the frequency response of the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830-2 can be adjusted to obtain the first speaker unit 3830-1 and the second speaker unit 3830- A narrower or appropriate overlap range between the frequency response of 2 to avoid overlap between the frequency bands of the first and second frequency-divided signals.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary open binaural headset according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the open binaural earphone 4300 may be called a headband earphone.
  • the open binaural headset 4300 may have a similar configuration to the open binaural headset 3800.
  • the open binaural headset 4300 may include a housing 4310, a microphone, an acoustic driver (such as a speaker unit), a sound tube corresponding to the acoustic driver, a partition, a circuit board, a Bluetooth module, and a power module.
  • the housing 4310 may be provided with a first sound guide hole 4320-1, a second sound guide hole 4320-2, a third sound guide hole 4320-3, and a fourth sound guide hole 4320-4 corresponding to the acoustic driver.
  • the first sound guide hole 4320-1 and the second sound guide hole 4320-2 of the open binaural earphone 4300 correspond to the low frequency speaker unit; the third sound guide hole 4320-3 and the fourth sound guide hole 4320 -4 corresponds to the tweeter unit.
  • the first sound guide hole 4320-1 may be provided on the end surface 4314; the second sound guide hole 4320-2 may be provided on the end surface 4312 and located at the top of the housing 4310; the third sound guide hole 4320 -3 and the fourth sound guide hole 4320-4 may both be provided on the end surface 4312 and located at the middle of the left end and/or the right end of the housing 4310. More descriptions of the open binaural headset 4300 can be combined with the description of the open binaural headset 3800 and/or the open binaural headset 4200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the distance between the center point of the first sound guide hole 4320-1 and the center point of the user's ear hole on the nearest side may be the same as the sound guide hole 3842 in the open binaural headset 4200.
  • the distance between the center point of -5 and the center point of the user's ear hole on the nearest side is the same.
  • the shape and size of the first sound guide hole 4320-1, the second sound guide hole 4320-2, the third sound guide hole 4320-3, and the fourth sound guide hole 4320-4 in the open binaural earphone 4300 can be They are the same as the first sound guide hole 3842-1, the second sound guide hole 3842-2, the third sound guide hole 3842-3, and the fourth sound guide hole 3842-4 in the open binaural earphone 3800, respectively.
  • this application mainly uses ear-hook earphones as an example to explain the open binaural earphones disclosed in this application, but it should not limit the application scope of the present invention in other open binaural earphones.
  • the positions of the acoustic driver, sound guide tube, and sound guide hole in the open binaural earphone disclosed in this application are only examples, and do not limit the scope of this application. Many substitutions, modifications and changes are obvious to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the features, structures, methods, and other features of the exemplary embodiments described herein may be combined in various ways to obtain additional and/or alternative exemplary embodiments.
  • the open binaural headset 3800 may include three speaker units, and the three speaker units respectively correspond to voice signals in three frequency bands (ie, low, mid, and high frequency speaker units).
  • the low frequency loudspeaker unit and its corresponding sound guide tube and sound guide hole can all be located at the front end of the housing
  • the mid-frequency speaker unit and its corresponding sound guide tube and sound guide hole can all be located in the middle of the housing
  • the sound guide tube and the sound guide hole may both be located at the rear end of the housing.
  • the low, medium, and high frequency speaker units can be arranged at the rear end of the housing, and the sound guide holes are all located at the front end of the housing through the sound guide pipes corresponding to them.
  • the high frequency/low frequency speaker unit in the open binaural earphone 4300 may correspond to four sound guide tubes and sound guide holes.
  • the four sound guide holes may be provided in pairs on the left and right sides of the housing 4310 as low-frequency two-point sound sources for the left and right ears of the user.
  • the possible beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application include, but are not limited to: (1) The open coupling of the earphone and the earhole is realized, which avoids problems such as ear hearing loss and safety hazards caused by the user wearing the earphone for a long time; (2) By setting high-frequency dual-point sound source and low-frequency dual-point sound source to achieve sound output in different frequency bands, it has a better sound output effect; (3) By setting dual-point sound sources with different spacing, the open binaural headphones The higher frequency band has a stronger effect of reducing leakage. It should be noted that different embodiments may produce different beneficial effects. In different embodiments, the possible beneficial effects may be any one or a combination of the above, or any other beneficial effects that may be obtained.
  • this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application.
  • “one embodiment”, “an embodiment” and/or “some embodiments” mean a certain feature, structure or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “an embodiment” or “an embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. .
  • certain features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application can be appropriately combined.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Soundproofing, Sound Blocking, And Sound Damping (AREA)
  • Circuit For Audible Band Transducer (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)
  • Stereophonic System (AREA)
  • Obtaining Desirable Characteristics In Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Fittings On The Vehicle Exterior For Carrying Loads, And Devices For Holding Or Mounting Articles (AREA)
  • Apparatuses For Generation Of Mechanical Vibrations (AREA)
  • Details Of Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Audible-Bandwidth Dynamoelectric Transducers Other Than Pickups (AREA)
  • Eyeglasses (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种开放双耳式耳机。所述开放双耳式耳机包括壳体，所述壳体放置在用户的头部或耳部但不堵塞用户的耳道，所述壳体内设置有至少一个低频扬声器单元和至少一个高频扬声器单元；所述至少一个低频扬声器单元通过至少两个第一导声管从至少两个第一导声孔输出对应第一频率范围内的声音；所述至少一个高频扬声器单元通过至少两个第二导声管从至少两个第二导声孔输出对应第二频率范围内的声音，其中，所述第二频率范围中包括高于所述第一频率范围的频率。

Description

一种开放双耳式耳机
交叉引用
本申请要求2019年4月30日提交的中国申请号201910364346.2的优先权，2019年9月19日提交的中国申请号201910888762.2的优先权，以及2019年9月19日提交的中国申请号201910888067.6的优先权，其全部内容通过引用并入本文。
技术领域
本申请一般涉及电子设备领域，尤其涉及一种开放双耳式耳机。
背景技术
耳机作为一种现代生活中不可或缺的电子设备，广泛应用于各个领域中。日常生活最常见的是耳塞式耳机和头戴式耳机，其与使用者的耳孔形成密闭式耦合，大大减少了漏音，但是长时间使用会导致耳朵疼痛，听力下降；而且使用者佩戴时不容易感知外界的声音，存在潜在的危险性。例如，当使用者戴着耳机过马路时不易听到汽车鸣笛声，容易造成事故。因此，开放双耳式耳机应运而生。但是开放双耳的耳机在使用时一般会存在漏音的现象，特别在使用音量相对较大而环境相对安静的时候，漏音就会特别的突出和明显，这不仅影响周围人的工作或生活，而且也会泄露使用者所听的内容。因此，需要提供一种具有改善的防漏音能力的开放双耳式耳机。
发明内容
针对上述问题，本申请提供了一种开放双耳式耳机，通过对音频信号进行分频，并利用多个导声孔的设置和调节导声孔间的间距，提升耳机的降漏音能力，从而提升用户体验。
为了达到上述发明的目的，本发明提供的技术方案如下：
本申请提供了一种开放双耳式耳机。所述开放双耳式耳机可以包括壳体，所述壳体可以放置在用户的头部或耳部但不堵塞用户的耳道，所述壳体内可以设置有至少一个低频扬声器单元和至少一个高频扬声器单元。所述至少一个低频扬声器单元通过至少两个第一导声管从至少两个第一导声孔输出对应第一频率范围内的声音；所述至少一个高频扬声器单元通过至少两个第二导声管从至少两个第二导声孔输出对应第二频率范围内的声音，其中，所述第二频率范围中可以包括高于所述第一频率范围的频率。
在一些实施例中，所述第一频率范围可以包括低于650Hz的频率，所述第二频率范围可以包括高于1000Hz的频率。
在一些实施例中，所述第一频率范围和所述第二频率范围可以存在交叠。
在一些实施例中，所述两个第一导声孔之间具有第一间距，所述两个第二导声孔之间具有第二间距，且所述第一间距可以大于所述第二间距。
在一些实施例中，所述第一间距可以不大于40mm，所述第二间距可以不大于7mm。
在一些实施例中，所述第一间距可以为30mm，所述第二间距可以为5mm。
在一些实施例中，当使用者佩戴所述开放双耳式耳机时，在所述至少两个第一导声孔或所述至少两个第二导声孔中，距离所述使用者耳孔较近的所述第一导声孔或所述第二导声孔的中心点与所述使用者的耳孔的中心点之间的距离可以不大于10cm。
在一些实施例中，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的半径可以在1.75mm-5mm范围内。
在一些实施例中，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的长度可以不大于100mm。
在一些实施例中，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的长度与直径的比值可以不大于200。
在一些实施例中，从所述至少两个第一导声孔中输出的声音可以具有相同的相位。
在一些实施例中，从所述至少两个第二导声孔中输出的声音可以具有相反的相位。
附加的特征将在下面的描述中部分地阐述，并且对于本领域技术人员来说，通过查阅以下内容和附图将变得显而易见，或者可以通过实例的产生或操作来了解。本发明的特征可以通过实践或使用以下详细实例中阐述的方法、工具和组合的各个方面来实现和获得。
附图说明
根据示例性实施例可以进一步描述本申请。参考附图可以详细描述所述示例性实施例。所述实施例并非限制性的示例性实施例，其中相同的附图标记代表附图的几个视图中相似的结构，并且其中：
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源的示意图；
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源和单点声源的漏音随频率变化的曲线图；
图3A和3B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的近场听音音量和远场漏音音量随着双点声源间距变化的示例性曲线图；
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的示例性结构框图；
图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出示意图；
图6A和6B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声音输出示意图；
图7A和7B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的结构示意图；
图8A-8C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学路径的示意图；
图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的在两组双点声源的共同作用下的漏音的示例性曲线图；
图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的另一声学输出装置的示例性的结构示意图；
图11是根据本申请一些实施例所示的两个点声源与听音位置的示意图；
图12是根据本申请一些实施例所示的不同间距的双点声源的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图13是根据本申请一些实施例所示的不同间距的双点声源在远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图14是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源之间设置挡板的示例性分布示意图；
图15是根据本申请一些实施例所示的耳廓位于双点声源之间时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图16是根据本申请一些实施例所示的耳廓位于双点声源之间时漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图17是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图18是根据本申请一些实施例所示的两个点声源之间在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图19是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为300Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图；
图20是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为1000Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图；
图21是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为5000Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图；
图22是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为1cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图23是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为2cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图24是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为4cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图25是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为1cm时远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图26是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为2cm时远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图27是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为4cm时远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图28是根据本申请一些实施例所示的不同听音位置的示例性位置分布图；
图29是根据本申请一些实施例所示的无挡板的双点声源在近场不同听音位置的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图30是根据本申请一些实施例所示的无挡板的双点声源在近场不同听音位置的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图31是根据本申请一些实施例所示的有挡板的双点声源在近场不同听音位置的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图32是根据本申请一些实施例所示的有挡板的双点声源在不同听音位置的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图33是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源与挡板的示例性分布示意图；
图34是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时近场的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图35是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时远场漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图；
图36是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图；
图37是根据本申请一些实施例所示的又一种声学输出装置的示例性结构示意图；
图38是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的剖面结构示意图；
图39是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的发声结构的示意图；
图40是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的隔板结构的截面示意图；
图41是根据本申请的一些实施例所示的示例性导声孔位置示意图；
图42A示出了根据本申请的一些实施例的第一扬声器单元的示例性频率响应和第二扬声器单元的示例性频率响应；
图42B示出了根据本申请的一些实施例的第一扬声器单元的示例性频率响应和第二扬声器单元的另一示例性频率响应；以及
图43是根据本申请的一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的示意图。
具体实施方式
为了更清楚地说明本申请的实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其他类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明，图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。
如本申请和权利要求书中所示，除非上下文明确提示例外情形，“一”、“一个”、
“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数，也可包括复数。一般说来，术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素，而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列，方法或者设备也可能包含其他的步骤或元素。
应当理解，本文使用的术语“数据块”、“系统”、“引擎”、“单元”、“组件”、“模块”和/或“块”是用以区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或组件的一种方法。然而，如果其他词语可以实现相同的目的，则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。
使用各种术语描述元素之间(例如，层之间)的空间和功能关系，包括“连接”、“接合”、“接口”和“耦合”。除非明确描述为“直接”，否则在本申请中描述第一和第二元素之 间的关系时，该关系包括在第一和第二元素之间不存在其他中间元素的直接关系，以及在第一和第二元素之间存在(空间或功能上)一个或以上中间元素的间接关系。相反，当元件被称为“直接”连接、接合、接口或耦合到另一元件时，不存在中间元件。另外，可以以各种方式实现元件之间的空间和功能关系。例如，两个元件之间的机械连接可包括焊接连接、键连接、销连接、过盈配合连接等，或其任何组合。用于描述元素之间关系的其他词语应以类似的方式解释(例如，“之间”、“与......之间”、“相邻”与“直接相邻”等)。
本申请提供了一种具有较好防漏音能力的开放双耳式耳机。在用户佩戴所述开放双耳式耳机时，所述开放双耳式耳机位于用户头部至少一侧，靠近但不堵塞用户耳道。所述开放双耳式耳机可以包括声学输出装置。该声学输出装置包括至少两组声学驱动器：一组高频声学驱动器和一组低频声学驱动器。每组声学驱动器可以用来产生具有一定频率范围的声音，并通过至少两个与其声学耦合的导声孔向外传播所述声音。通过对音频信号进行分频(例如，分解为高频信号和低频信号)，并针对不同频段的分频信号，设置不同的导声孔间距(例如，与低频声学驱动器对应的两个导声孔之间的距离可以设置为大于与高频声学驱动器对应的至少两个导声孔之间的距离)，可以提高所述开放双耳式耳机的降漏音能力。
在一些实施例中，所述声学输出装置上可以设有挡板结构，使得所述至少两个导声孔分别分布于挡板的两侧。在一些实施例中，所述至少两个导声孔可以分布于用户耳廓的两侧，此时耳廓作为挡板，可以隔开所述至少两个导声孔，使得从所述至少两个导声孔传出的声音到用户耳道的传播路径不同。通过设置挡板使从不同导声孔传出的声音到用户耳道的传播路径不同，可以提高所述开放双耳式耳机的降漏音能力。
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源的示意图。为了进一步说明声学输出装置上导声孔的设置对声学输出装置声音输出效果的影响，且考虑到声音可以被看作是从导声孔处向外传播，本申请中可以将声学输出装置上的导声孔看作对外输出声音的声源进行描述。
仅仅为了方便描述和出于说明的目的，当声学输出装置上的导声孔尺寸较小时，每个导声孔可以近似视为一个点声源。在一些实施例中，开设在声学输出装置上的任一用于输出声音的导声孔，都可被近似成该声学输出装置上的一个单点声源。单点声源产生的声场声压p满足公式(1)：
Figure PCTCN2020070539-appb-000001
其中，ω为角频率，ρ 0为空气密度，r为目标点与声源的距离，Q 0为声源体积速度，k为波数。可以看出点声源的声场声压的大小与到点声源的距离呈反比。
需要说明的是，本申请中将输出声音的导声孔作为点声源仅作为原理和效果的说明，并不限制实际应用中导声孔的形状和大小。在一些实施例中，当导声孔的面积较大时，还可以等效成以面声源的形式向外辐射声音。在一些实施例中，点声源亦可由其他结构实现，如振动面、声辐射面等。对于本领域中的技术人员，在不付出创造性活动的情况下，可以获知导声孔、振动面、声辐射面等结构产生的声音在本申请所论述的空间尺度下均可等效成点声源，有一致的声音传播特性及相同的数学描述方式。进一步地，对于本领域中的技术人员，在不付出创造性活动的情况下，可以获知本申请中所述的“声学驱动器从至少两个第一导声孔输出声音”实现的声学效果亦可由上述其他声学结构实现相同的效果，例如“至少两个声学驱动器分别从至少一个声辐射面输出声音”。还可以根据实际情况，选择其他声学结构进行合理调整与组合，亦可实现相同的声学输出效果，上述以面声源等结构向外辐射声音的原理与上述点声源类似，在此不再赘述。如上文所述，本说明书提供的声学输出装置上可以开设至少两个与同一声学驱动器对应的导声孔，以构造双点声源来减小声学输出装置向周围环境辐射的声音。为方便起见，声学输出装置向周围环境辐射的声音，由于可能会被环境中的其他人听到，故可以称为远场漏音。声学输出装置辐射 到佩戴该装置的用户耳朵的声音，由于距离该用户的距离较近，因此也可以称为近场听音。在一些实施例中，两个导声孔(即，双点声源)输出的声音具有一定的相位差。当双点声源之间的位置、相位差等满足一定条件时，可以使得声学输出装置在近场(例如，用户耳朵的听音位置)和远场表现出不同的声音效果。例如，当两个导声孔对应的点声源的相位相反，即两个点声源之间的相位差的绝对值为180度时，根据声波反相相消的原理，可实现远场漏音的削减。更多关于调节各点声源的幅值和/或相位来增强声学输出装置的描述请参见2019年12月31日递交的PCT申请PCT/CN2019/130884，其全部内容通过引用的方式添加在本申请中。
如图1所示，双点声源产生的声场声压p满足如下公式：
Figure PCTCN2020070539-appb-000002
其中，A 1、A 2分别为两个点声源的强度，φ 1、φ 2分别为两个点声源的相位，d为两个点声源之间的间距，r 1与r 2满足公式(3)：
Figure PCTCN2020070539-appb-000003
其中，r为空间中任一目标点与双点声源中心位置的距离，θ表示该目标点与双点声源中心的连线与双点声源所在直线的夹角。
通过公式(3)可知，声场中目标点的声压p的大小与各点声源的强度、点声源之间的间距d、相位以及与声源的距离有关。
通过不同的导声孔设置可以构造具有不同输出效果的双点声源，使得声学输出装置能够提高近场听音的音量，同时减少远场的漏音。例如，声学驱动器可以包括一个振膜。当振膜振动时，声音可以分别从该振膜的前侧和后侧发出。声学输出装置中振膜前侧的位置设有用于传递声音的前室。前室与一个导声孔声学耦合，振膜前侧的声音可以通过前室传递到该导声孔并进一步向外传播。声学输出装置中振膜后侧的位置设有用于传递声音的后室。后室与另一个导声孔声学耦合，振膜后侧的声音可以通过后室传递到该导声孔并进一步向外传播。需要知道的是，当振膜在振动时，振膜前侧和后侧可以分别产生一组相位相反的声音。在一些实施例中，可以通过设置前室和后室的结构，使得声学驱动器在不同导声孔处输出的声音满足特定的条件。例如，可以设计前室和后室的长度，使得两个导声孔处可以输出一组具有特定相位关系(例如，相位相反)的声音，使得声学输出装置近场的听音音量较小以及远场的漏音问题均得到有效改善。
在一定条件下，相对于单点声源的远场漏音量，双点声源产生的远场漏音会随频率的增加而增加，也就是说，双点声源在远场的降漏音能力随频率的增加而减弱。为更清楚的描述，将结合图2描述远场漏音随频率变化的曲线。
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源和单点声源的漏音随频率变化的曲线图。图2中所对应的双点声源间距固定，且两个点声源的幅值相同、相位相反。其中，虚线表示单点声源漏音量在不同频率下的变化曲线，实线表示双点声源漏音量在不同频率下的变化曲线。横坐标表示声音的频率(f)，单位为赫兹(Hz)，纵坐标采用归一化参数α作为评价漏音量的指标，α的计算公式如下：
Figure PCTCN2020070539-appb-000004
其中，P far表示声学输出装置在远场的声音声压(即，远场漏音声压)，P ear表示佩戴者耳朵周围的声压(即，近场听音声压)。α值越大，则表示远场漏音相对于近场听音更大，即说明声学输出装 置的远场降漏音能力越差。在一些实施例中，可以根据图2所示的双点声源与单点声源的漏音随频率变化的特性，来提高本申请其他地方所描述的开放双耳式耳机(如图38所示的开放双耳式耳机3800和/或图43所示的开放双耳式耳机4300)的降漏音能力。
如图2所示，当频率在6000Hz以下时，双点声源产生的远场漏音小于单点声源产生的远场漏音，且随频率的增加而增加；当频率接近10000Hz时(例如，在约8000Hz以上)，双点声源产生的远场漏音大于单点声源产生的远场漏音。在一些实施例中，可以根据上述内容，将双点声源与单点声源随频率变化曲线的交点处的频率作为双点声源能够降漏音的上限频率。
仅仅作为说明的目的，当频率较小(例如，在100Hz–1000Hz范围内)时，双点声源的降漏音能力(即α值较小)较强(-80dB以下)，所以在该频段可以以增加听音音量为优化目标；当频率较大(例如，在1000Hz-8000Hz范围内)时，双点声源的降漏音能力较弱(-80dB以上)，所以在该频段可以以减小漏音为优化目标。
结合图2，可以通过双点声源降漏音能力的变化趋势，确定频率的分频点，并根据该分频点调节双点声源的参数，以提高声学输出装置的降漏音效果。例如，可以将α值在特定数值(例如，-60dB，-70dB，-80dB，-90dB等)处对应的频率作为分频点。通过设立分频点以下的频率段以提高近场听音为主要目标，而分频点以上的频率段以降低远场漏音为主要目标来确定双点声源的参数。在一些实施例中，基于分频点可以确定声音频率较高(例如，高频声学驱动器输出的声音)的高频段与声音频率较低(例如，低频声学驱动器输出的声音)的低频段。关于分频点的更多内容可以参见本说明书其他地方(如图4及其相关描述)。
在一些实施例中，漏音的测量和计算方式可以根据实际情况进行合理调整。例如，可以取以双点声源中心为圆心，半径为r(例如，40cm)的球面上多个点的声压幅值的平均值作为漏音的值。其中，近场听音位置与点声源之间的距离远小于点声源与远场漏音测量球面的距离。可选地，近场听音位置到双点声源中心之间的距离与半径r之比小于0.3，0.2，0.15，或者0.1。又例如，可以取远场位置的一个点或一个以上的点作为测量漏音的位置，并以该位置的音量作为漏音的值。再例如，可以以双点声源中心为圆心，在远场处根据一定的空间角均匀地取两个或两个以上的点的声压幅值进行平均，作为漏音的值。这些测量和计算方式都可以被本领域的技术人员根据实际情况进行调整，在此不作限制。
通过图2可知，在高频段(根据分频点确定的较高频段)双点声源的降漏音能力较弱，在低频段(根据分频点确定的较低频段)双点声源的降漏音能力较强。而在一定声音频率下，双点声源的间距不同，其产生的降漏音能力不同，听音音量与漏音音量的差别也不同。为更清楚的描述，将结合图3A和3B描述远场漏音随双点声源间距变化的曲线。
图3A和3B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的近场听音音量和远场漏音音量随着双点声源间距变化的示例性曲线图。其中，图3B是对图3A进行归一化后的曲线图。
图3A中，实线表示双点声源的听音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线，虚线表示双点声源的漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线，横坐标表示双点声源的两个点声源之间的间距d与参考间距d0的间距比d/d0，纵坐标表示声音的音量(单位为分贝dB)。间距比d/d0可以反映双点声源两个点声源之间间距的变化情况。在一些实施例中，参考间距d0可以在特定范围内选取。例如，d0可以是在2.5mm-10mm范围取的特定值，例如d0可以是5mm。在一些实施例中，参考间距d0可以基于听音位置确定。例如，可以取听音位置到最近点声源的距离值为参考间距d0。需要知道的是，参考间距d0可以根据实际场景灵活选取其他任意合适的值，在此不做限定。仅仅作为示例，图3A中取d0等于5mm作为双点声源间距变化的参考值。
在声音频率一定的情况下，随着双点声源之间间距的增加，双点声源的听音音量和漏音音量均增加。当双点声源间距d与参考间距d0的比值d/d0小于比值阈值时，随着双点声源间距的增大，其听音音量的增量较漏音音量的增量大，即听音音量的增加较漏音音量的增加更显著。例如，图3A中所示，双点声源间距d与参考间距d0的比值d/d0为2时，听音音量与漏音音量的 差值约为20dB；比值d/d0为4时，听音音量与漏音音量的差值约为25dB。在一些实施例中，当双点声源间距d与参考间距d0的比值d/d0达到比值阈值时，双点声源的听音音量与漏音音量的比达到最大值。此时，随着双点声源间距的进一步增大，听音音量的曲线与漏音音量的曲线逐渐趋于平行，即听音音量的增量与漏音音量的增量保持相同。例如，如图3B中所示，双点声源间距比值d/d0为5、或6、或7时，双点声源听音音量与漏音音量的差值保持一致，均约为25dB，即听音音量的增量与漏音音量的增量相同。在一些实施例中，双点声源间距的间距比d/d0的比值阈值可以在0-7的范围内。例如，d/d0的比值阈值可以设置在0.5-4.5的范围内。又例如，d/d0的比值阈值可以设置在1-4的范围内。
在一些实施例中，可以基于图3A双点声源听音音量与漏音音量的差值变化确定所述比值阈值。例如，可以将听音音量和漏音音量之间产生最大差值时对应的比值确定为比值阈值。如图3B所示，当间距比d/d0小于比值阈值(如，4)时，随着双点声源间距的增加，归一化的听音曲线呈上升趋势(曲线斜率大于0)，即听音音量的增量大于漏音音量增量；当间距比d/d0大于比值阈值时，随着双点声源间距的增加，归一化的听音曲线的曲线斜率逐渐趋近于0，与归一化的漏音曲线平行，即随着双点声源间距的增加，听音音量增量不再大于漏音音量增量。
通过上述内容可知，若听音位置固定，通过一定手段调节双点声源的参数，可以实现近场听音音量有显著增加而远场漏音音量仅略微增加的效果(即近场听音音量的增量大于远场漏音音量的增量)。例如，设置两组或两组以上双点声源(如一组高频双点声源和一组低频双点声源)，通过一定手段分别调节每组双点声源的间距，使得高频双点声源之间的间距小于低频双点声源之间的间距。由于低频段双点声源漏音较小(降漏音能力较强)，高频段双点声源漏音较大(降漏音能力较弱)，高频段选择更小的双点声源间距，可以使听音音量显著大于漏音音量，从而降低漏音。
本说明书实施例中，每组声学驱动器所对应的两个导声孔之间具有一定的间距，该距离会影响所述声学输出装置传递给佩戴者耳朵的近场听音音量及向环境传播的远场漏音音量。在一些实施例中，当高频声学驱动器对应的导声孔之间的间距小于低频声学驱动器对应的导声孔之间的间距时，可以提高用户耳朵能听到的声音音量，并且产生较小漏音，避免声音被声学输出装置用户附近的他人听见。根据以上的描述，该声学输出装置即使处于较为安静环境中，也可有效地降低漏音，因此可以应用在开放双耳式耳机(例如，开放双耳式耳机3800和/或开放双耳式耳机4300)中。
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的示例性结构框图。如图4所示，声学输出装置100可以包括电子分频模块110、声学驱动器140和声学驱动器150、声学路径145、声学路径155、至少两个第一导声孔147以及至少两个第二导声孔157。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置100还包括控制器(图中未示出)，电子分频模块110作为控制器的一部分，用于生成输入到不同声学驱动器中的电信号。声学输出装置100中不同组件之间的连接可以是有线连接或无线连接。例如，电子分频模块110可以通过有线传输或者无线传输的方式向声学驱动器140和/或声学驱动器150发送信号。
电子分频模块110可以对音源信号进行分频处理。所述音源信号可以来自于一个或多个集成在声学输出装置100内的音源装置(例如，一个存储音频数据的存储器)，也可以是声学输出装置100通过有线或者无线的方式接收的音频信号。在一些实施例中，电子分频模块110可以将输入的音源信号分解成两个或两个以上包含不同频率成分的分频信号。例如，电子分频模块110可以将音源信号分解成带有高频声音成分的第一分频信号(或分频信号1)和带有低频声音成分的第二分频信号(或分频信号2)。为方便起见，带有高频声音成分的分频信号可以直接被称为高频信号，带有低频声音成分的分频信号可以直接被称为低频信号。
仅仅为了描述的目的，本申请实施例所述的低频信号是指频率在较低的第一频率范围内的声音信号，而高频信号是指频率在较高的第二频率范围内的声音信号。所述第一频率范围和第 二频率范围可以包含或不包含重叠的频率范围，且第二频率范围中包括高于所述第一频率范围的频率。仅作为示例，第一频率范围可以是指低于第一频率阈值的频率，第二频率范围可以是指高于第二频率阈值的频率。所述第一频率阈值可以低于、等于或者高于第二频率阈值。例如，第一频率阈值可以小于第二频率阈值(例如，第一频率阈值可以是600Hz，第二频率阈值是700Hz)，这说明第一频率范围和第二频率范围之间没有交叠。再例如，第一频率阈值可以等于第二频率(例如，第一频率阈值和第二频率阈值都是650Hz或者其他任意频率值)。再例如，第一频率阈值可以大于第二频率阈值，这说明第一频率范围和第二频率范围之间存在交叠。在这种情况下，第一频率阈值和第二频率阈值的差值可以不超过第三频率阈值。所述第三频率阈值可以是固定的值，例如，20Hz，50Hz，100Hz，150Hz，200Hz，也可以是与第一频率阈值和/或第二频率阈值有关的值(例如，第一频率阈值的5％，10％，15％等)，或者是用户根据实际场景灵活设置的值，在此不做限定。需要知道的是，所述第一频率阈值和第二频率阈值可以根据不同的情况灵活设置，在此不做限定。
在一些实施例中，电子分频模块110可以包括分频器115、信号处理器120和130。分频器115可以用于将音源信号分解成两个或两个以上包含不同频率成分的分频信号，例如，带有高频声音成分的分频信号1和带有低频声音成分的分频信号2。在一些实施例中，分频器115可以是任意可以实现信号分解功能的电子器件，包括但不限于无源滤波器、有源滤波器、模拟滤波器、数字滤波器等中的一种或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，分频器115可以基于一个或多个分频点对音源信号进行分频。分频点是指区分第一频率范围和第二频率范围的信号频率。例如，当第一频率范围和第二频率范围之间存在交叠频率时，分频点可以是交叠频率范围内的特征点(例如，交叠频率范围的低频率边界点、高频率边界点、中心频率点等)。在一些实施例中，可以根据频率与声学输出装置的漏音之间的关系(例如，图2、图3A和3B所示的曲线)确定分频点。例如，考虑到声学输出装置的漏音会随频率的变化而变化，可以选取满足一定条件的漏音音量所对应的频率点作为分频点，例如，图2中所示的1000Hz。关于漏音音量随着频率变化的更多细节可以参见图2及其相关描述，在此不再赘述。在一些替代性实施例中，用户可以直接指定特定频率作为分频点。例如，考虑到人耳可以听到的声音频率范围是在20Hz–20kHz，用户可以选取该范围的频率点作为分频点，例如分频点可以是600Hz、800Hz、1000Hz、1200Hz等。在一些实施例中，可以根据声学驱动器的性能确定分频点。例如，考虑到上述低频声学驱动器和高频声学驱动器具有不同的频率响应曲线，可以选择在高于低频声学驱动器上限频率的1/2，且低于高频声学驱动器下限频率的2倍的频率范围内选择分频点。更优选地，可以选择在高于低频声学驱动器上限频率的1/3，且低于高频声学驱动器下限频率的1.5倍的频率范围内选择分频点。在一些实施例中，在交叠频率范围内，点声源之间的位置关系也会影响声学输出装置在近场和远场产生的音量，更多内容请参见2019年12月31日递交的PCT申请PCT/CN2019/130886，其全部内容通过引用的方式添加在本申请中。
信号处理器120和130可以分别对分频信号进行进一步处理，以满足后续声音输出的需求。在一些实施例中，信号处理器120或130可以包括一个或多个信号处理组件。例如，信号处理器可以包括但不限于放大器、调幅器、调相器、延时器、动态增益控制器等中的一种或其任意组合。仅仅作为示例，信号处理器120和/或130对声音信号进行的处理包括调整该声音信号中部分频率对应的幅值。具体地，在上述第一频率范围和第二频率范围存在交叠的情况下，信号处理器120和130可以分别调整交叠频率范围内对应的声音信号的强度(例如，减小交叠频率范围内信号的幅值)，以避免后续输出的声音中由于多路声音信号的叠加而导致的交叠频率范围内的声音过大的后果。
信号处理器120或130对分频信号分别进行信号处理之后，可以分别将分频信号传输至声学驱动器140和150。在一些实施例中，传入声学驱动器140的声音信号可以为包含较低频率范围(例如，第一频率范围)的声音信号，因此声学驱动器140也可以称为低频声学驱动器。传入 声学驱动器150的声音信号可以为包含较高频率范围(例如，第二频率范围)的声音信号，因此声学驱动器150也可以称为高频声学驱动器。声学驱动器140和声学驱动器150可以分别将各自的声音信号转换成低频声音和高频声音，并向外界传播。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器140可以与至少两个第一导声孔(如两个第一导声孔147)声学耦合(例如，通过两条声学路径145分别与两个第一导声孔147连接)，并从所述至少两个第一导声孔处将声音传播出去。声学驱动器150可以与至少两个第二导声孔(如两个第二导声孔157)声学耦合(例如，通过两条声学路径155分别与两个第二导声孔157连接)，并从所述至少两个第二导声孔处将声音传播出去。所述导声孔可以是声学输出装置上形成的具有特定开口的且允许声音通过的小孔。导声孔的形状可以包括但不限于条形、圆形、椭圆形、方形、梯形、圆角四边形、三角形、不规则图形等中的一种或其任意组合。此外地，与声学驱动器140或150相连接的导声孔的数量不限于两个，可以为任意值，例如，3个、4个、6个等。
在一些实施例中，为了减小声学输出装置100的远场漏音，可以使得声学驱动器140分别在至少两个第一导声孔处产生幅值相等(或近似相等)、相位相反(或近似相反)的低频声音，以及使得声学驱动器150分别在至少两个第二导声孔处产生幅值相等(或近似相等)、相位相反(或近似相反)的高频声音。这样，基于声波干涉相消的原理，低频声音(或高频声音)的远场漏音会降低。根据上述图2、图3A和3B描述的内容，进一步考虑到低频声音的波长大于高频声音的波长，且为了减少声音在近场(例如，用户耳朵的听音位置)的干涉相消，可以分别将第一导声孔之间的距离和第二导声孔之间的距离设置成不同的值。例如，假设两个第一导声孔之间具有第一间距，两个第二导声孔之间具有第二间距，可以使得所述第一间距大于所述第二间距。在一些实施例中，第一间距和第二间距可以为任意值。仅作为示例，第一间距可以不大于40mm，例如，在20mm–40mm的范围内，第二间距可以不大于12mm，且第一间距大于第二间距。优选地，第一间距可以不小于12mm，第二间距可以不大于7mm，例如，在3mm–7mm的范围内。更优选地，第一间距可以是30mm，第二间距可以是5mm。再例如，第一间距可以至少是第二间距的2倍。优选地，第一间距可以至少是第二间距的3倍。优选地，第一间距可以至少是第二间距的5倍。
如图4所示，声学驱动器140可以包括换能器143。换能器143通过声学路径145将声音传递到第一导声孔147。声学驱动器150可以包括换能器153。换能器153通过声学路径155将声音传递到第二导声孔157。在一些实施例中，换能器可以包括但不限于气传导扬声器的换能器、骨传导扬声器的换能器、水声换能器、超声换能器等中的一种或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，换能器的工作原理可以包括但不限于动圈式、动铁式、压电式、静电式、磁致伸缩式等中的一种或其任意组合。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器(如低频声学驱动器140、高频声学驱动器150)可以包括具有不同性质或数量的换能器。例如，低频声学驱动器140和高频声学驱动器150可以分别包括一个具有不同频率响应特性的换能器(如低频扬声器单元和高频扬声器单元)。又例如，低频声学驱动器140可以包括两个换能器143(如两个低频扬声器单元)，高频声学驱动器150可以包括两个换能器153(如两个高频扬声器单元)。
在一些可替代地实施例中，声学输出装置100可以通过其他方式生成具有不同频率范围的声音。例如，换能器分频、声学路径分频等。当声学输出装置100利用换能器或声学路径实现对声音的分频时，电子分频模块110结构(虚线框内部分)可以省略，音源信号可以分别输入声学驱动器140和声学驱动器150。
在一些可替代的实施例中，声学输出装置100利用换能器实现信号分频，声学驱动器140和声学驱动器150可以将输入的音源信号分别转换为低频信号和高频信号。具体地，低频声学驱动器140可以通过换能器143(如低频扬声器)将音源信号转换为带有低频成分的低频声音；低频声音可以沿至少两个不同的声学路径145传递到至少两个第一导声孔147，并通过第一导声孔147 向外界传播。高频声学驱动器150可以通过换能器153(如高频扬声器)将音源信号转换为带有高频成分的高频声音；高频声音可以沿至少两个不同的声学路径155传递到至少两个第二导声孔157，并通过第二导声孔157向外界传播。
在一些可替代的实施例中，连接换能器和导声孔的声学路径(如声学路径145和155)会影响所传递声音的性质。例如，声学路径会对所传递声音产生一定程度的衰减或者改变所传递声音的相位。在一些实施例中，声学路径可以由导声管、声腔、谐振腔、声孔、声狭缝、调音网等中的一种或其任意组合的结构所构成。在一些实施例中，声学路径中还可以包括声阻材料，所述声阻材料具有特定的声学阻抗。例如，声学阻抗的范围可以从5MKS瑞利到500MKS瑞利。声阻材料可以包括但不限于塑料、纺织品、金属、可渗透材料、编织材料、屏材料或网状材料、多孔材料、颗粒材料、高分子材料等，或其任意组合。通过设置具有不同声学阻抗的声学路径，可以对换能器输出的声音进行声学滤波，使得通过不同的声学路径输出的声音具有不同的频率成分。
在一些可替代的实施例中，声学输出装置100可以利用声学路径实现信号分频。具体地，音源信号输入特定声学驱动器中，转换为含有高低频成分的声音，该声音信号沿着具有不同频率选择特性的声学路径进行传播。例如，声音信号可以沿具有低通特性的声学路径传输至对应的导声孔后产生向外传播的低频声音，在这个过程中，高频声音被该具有低通特性的声学路径所吸收或衰减。同样地，声音信号可以沿具有高通特性的声学路径传输至对应的导声孔后产生向外传播的高频声音，在这个过程中，低频声音被该具有高通特性的声学路径所吸收或衰减。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置100中的控制器可以使低频声学驱动器140输出在第一频率范围内的声音(即低频声音)，并且使高频声学驱动器150输出在第二频率范围内的声音(即高频声音)。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置100还可以包括支撑结构。所述支撑结构可以用于承载声学驱动器(如高频声学驱动器150、低频声学驱动器140)，使得声学驱动器被定位在离开用户耳朵的位置。在一些实施例中，与高频声学驱动器150声学耦合的导声孔可以更靠近用户耳部的预期位置(例如，耳道入口)，而低频声学驱动器140声学耦合的导声孔则距离该预期位置更远。在一些实施例中，所述支撑结构可以用于封装声学驱动器。封装声学驱动器的支撑结构可以包括塑料、金属、布带等各种材料的壳体。所述壳体封装声学驱动器并形成对应声学驱动器的前室和后室，所述前室可以声学耦合到至少两个导声孔中的一个，所述后室可以声学耦合到至少两个导声孔中的另一个。例如，低频声学驱动器140的前室可以声学耦合到至少两个第一导声孔147中的一个，低频声学驱动器140的后室可以声学耦合到至少两个第一导声孔147中的另一个；高频声学驱动器150的前室可以声学耦合到至少两个第二导声孔157中的一个，高频声学驱动器150的后室可以声学耦合到至少两个第二导声孔157中的另一个。在一些实施例中，所述导声孔(如第一导声孔147、第二导声孔157)可以设置在所述壳体上。
以上对于声学输出装置100的描述仅作为示例性的说明，本领域的技术人员可以在理解其原理的情况下对声学驱动器的结构、数量等进行的调整和改变，本申请对此不做限制。在一些具体的实施例中，声学输出装置100可以包括任意数量的声学驱动器结构。例如，声学输出装置100可以包括两组高频声学驱动器150和两组低频声学驱动器140，或一组高频声学驱动150和两组低频声学驱动器140等，而且这些高频/低频驱动器可以分别用于生成特定频率范围的声音。再例如，声学驱动器140和/或声学驱动器150内部可以包括另外的信号处理器。该信号处理器可以与信号处理器120或130具有相同或不同的结构组件。
应当理解，图4所示的声学输出装置及其模块可以利用各种方式来实现。例如，在一些实施例中，系统及其模块可以通过硬件、软件或者软件和硬件的结合来实现。其中，硬件部分可以利用专用逻辑来实现；软件部分则可以存储在存储器中，由适当的指令执行系统，例如微处理器或者专用设计硬件来执行。本领域技术人员可以理解，上述的方法和系统可以使用计算机可执行指令和/或包含在处理器控制代码中来实现，例如在诸如磁盘、CD或DVD-ROM的载体介质、诸如只读存储器(固件)的可编程的存储器或者诸如光学或电子信号载体的数据载体上提供了这样的 代码。本申请的系统及其模块不仅可以有诸如超大规模集成电路或门阵列、诸如逻辑芯片、晶体管等的半导体、或者诸如现场可编程门阵列、可编程逻辑设备等的可编程硬件设备的硬件电路实现，也可以用例如由各种类型的处理器所执行的软件实现，还可以由上述硬件电路和软件的结合(例如，固件)来实现。
需要注意的是，以上对于声学输出装置100及其各组件的描述，仅为描述方便，并不能把本申请限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解该装置的原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对各个单元进行任意组合，或者构成子结构与其他单元连接。例如，电子分频模块110可以省略，音源信号的分频可以通过低频声学驱动器140和/或高频声学驱动器150的内部结构实现。又例如，信号处理器120或130可以为独立于电子分频模块110的一部分。诸如此类的变形，均在本申请的保护范围之内。
图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的示意图。出于说明的目的，将以同一换能器与不同导声孔耦合而形成向外传播的声音为例进行描述。在图5中，每个换能器具有前侧和后侧，在换能器的前侧或者后侧存在对应的前室(即第一声学路径)和后室(即第二声学路径)的结构。在一些实施例中，这些结构可以具有相同或者近似相同的等效声学阻抗，以使换能器被对称地负载。换能器的对称负载可以使得不同导声孔处形成满足幅值和相位关系的声源(如以上描述的幅值相等，相位相反的“双点声源”)，从而在高频和/或低频范围内形成特定的辐射声场(例如，近场声音得到增强，而远场漏音得到抑制)。
如图5所示，声学驱动器(如声学驱动器140或150)可以包括换能器、以及与换能器相连接的声学路径和导声孔。为了更清楚地描述声学输出装置300的实际使用场景，图5中还示出了用户耳朵E的位置以作说明。其中，图5中左侧的图(a)主要示出声学驱动器140的应用场景。声学驱动器140包括换能器143，并通过声学路径145与两个第一导声孔147声学耦合。图3中右侧的图(b)主要示出声学驱动器150的应用场景。声学驱动器150包括换能器153，并通过声学路径155与两个第二导声孔157声学耦合。
换能器143或153可以在电信号的驱动下产生振动，且该振动会产生一组幅值相等、相位相反(180度反相)的声音。换能器类型可以包括但不限于气传导扬声器、骨传导扬声器、水声换能器、超声换能器等中的一种或其任意组合。换能器的工作原理可以包括但不限于动圈式、动铁式、压电式、静电式、磁致伸缩式等中的一种或其任意组合。优选地，换能器143或153可以包含振膜，该振膜在受到电信号的驱动而产生振动，振膜正面和背面可以同时输出正相声音和反相声音。图5中，利用“+”和“－”示例不同相位的声音，其中“+”代表正相声音，“－”代表反相声音。
在一些实施例中，换能器可以被支撑结构上的壳体封装，壳体内部可以分别设有连接到换能器的前侧和后侧的声音通道，从而形成声学路径。例如，换能器143的前腔通过第一声学路径(即，声学路径145的前半部分)耦合到两个第一导声孔147中的一个导声孔，换能器143的后腔通过第二声学路径(即，声学路径145的后半部分)声学耦合到两个第一导声孔147中的另一个导声孔。换能器143输出的正相声音和反相声音分别从两个第一导声孔147输出。又例如，换能器153的前腔通过第三声学路径(即，声学路径155的前半部分)耦合到两个第二导声孔157的其中一个导声孔，换能器153的后腔通过第四声学路径(即，声学路径155的后半部分)耦合到两个第二导声孔157的另一个导声孔。换能器153输出的正相声音和反相声音分别从两个第二导声孔157输出。
在一些实施例中，声学路径会影响所传递声音的性质。例如，声学路径会对所传递声音产生一定程度的衰减或者改变所传递声音的相位。在一些实施例中，声学路径可以由导声管、声腔、谐振腔、声孔、声狭缝、调音网等中的一种或其任意组合的结构所构成。在一些实施例中，声学路径中还可以包括声阻材料，所述声阻材料具有特定的声学阻抗。例如，声学阻抗的范围可以从5MKS瑞利到500MKS瑞利。在一些实施例中，声阻材料可以包括但不限于塑料、纺织品、金 属、可渗透材料、编织材料、屏材料以及网状材料等中的一种或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，为使得声学驱动器前室与后室传输的声音不被干扰(或由干扰产生的变化相同)，可以将声学驱动器对应的前室和后室设置成具有近似相同的等效声学阻抗。例如，使用相同的声阻材料、设置相同大小或形状的导声孔等。
低频声学驱动器的两个第一导声孔147之间的间距可以表示为d1(即第一间距)，高频声学驱动器的两个第二导声孔157之间的间距可以表示为d2(即第二间距)。通过设置低频声学驱动器和高频声学驱动器所对应的导声孔之间的距离，例如，使得两个第一导声孔147之间的间距大于两个第二导声孔157之间的间距(即，d1＞d2)，可实现在低频段有较高的音量输出，在高频段有更强的降漏音能力。
在一些实施例中，换能器143和换能器153共同容纳在声学输出装置的壳体内，并经由壳体内的结构隔绝放置。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置300可以包括多组高频声学驱动器和低频声学驱动器。例如，声学输出装置可以包含一组高频声学驱动器和一组低频声学驱动器，同时用于对左耳和/或右耳输出声音。又例如，声学输出装置可以包含两组高频声学驱动器和两组低频声学驱动器，其中一组高频声学驱动器和一组低频声学驱动器用于对用户左耳输出声音，另一组高频声学驱动器和低频声学驱动器用于对用户右耳输出声音。
在一些实施例中，高频声学驱动器和低频声学驱动器可以被配置为具有不同的功率。在一些实施例中，低频声学驱动器可以被配置为具有第一功率，高频声学驱动器可以被配置为具有第二功率，且第一功率大于第二功率。在一些实施例中，第一功率和第二功率可以为任意值。
图6A和6B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声音输出示意图。
在一些实施例中，声学输出装置可以通过两个或两个以上的换能器产生同一频率范围的声音，并通过不同的导声孔向外传播。在一些实施例中，不同换能器可以分别由相同或不同的控制器进行控制，并可以产生具有满足一定相位和幅值条件的声音(例如，振幅相同但相位相反的声音、振幅不同且相位相反的声音等)。例如，控制器可以使得输入到声学驱动器的两个低频换能器中的电信号具有相同的幅值和相反的相位，这样，当形成声音时，两个低频换能器可以输出幅值相同但相位相反的低频声音。
具体地，声学驱动器(如低频声学驱动器140、高频声学驱动器150)中的两个换能器可以并列设置在声学输出装置内，其中一个用于输出正相声音，另一个用于输出反相声音。如图6A所示，右侧的声学驱动器140可以包括两个换能器143、两条声学路径145和两个第一导声孔147，左侧的声学驱动器150可以包括两个换能器153、两条声学路径155和两个第二导声孔157。在相位相反的电信号驱动下，两个换能器143可以产生一组相位相反(180度反相)的低频声音。两个换能器143中的一个输出正相声音(如位于下方的换能器)，另一个输出反相声音(如位于上方的换能器)，两组相位相反的低频声音分别沿两条声学路径145传递至两个第一导声孔147，并通过两个第一导声孔147向外传播。类似地，在相位相反的电信号驱动下，两个换能器153可以产生一组相位相反(180度反相)的高频声音。两个换能器153中的其中一个输出正相高频声音(如位于下方的换能器)，另一个输出反相高频声音(如位于上方的换能器)，两组相位相反的高频声音分别沿两条声学路径155传递至两个第二导声孔157，并通过两个第二导声孔157向外传播。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器(如低频声学驱动器140、高频声学驱动器150)中两个换能器可以沿着同一直线相对紧邻设置，且其中一个用于输出正相声音，另一个用于输出反相声音。如图6B所示，左侧为声学驱动器140，右侧为声学驱动器150。声学驱动器140的两个换能器143分别在控制器控制下产生一组幅值相等、相位相反的低频声音。其中一个换能器输出正相的低频声音并沿第一声学路径传输至一个第一导声孔147，另一个换能器输出反相的低频声音并沿第二声学路径传输至另一个第一导声孔147。声学驱动器150的两个换能器153分别在控制器控制 下产生一组幅值相等、相位相反的高频声音。其中一个换能器输出正相高频声音并沿第三声学路径传输至一个第二导声孔157，另一个换能器输出反相的高频声音并沿第四声学路径传输至另一个第二导声孔157。
在一些实施例中，换能器143和/或换能器153可以是各种合适的类型。例如，换能器143和换能器153可以是动圈式扬声器，其具有低频灵敏度高、低频下潜深度大、失真小的特点。再例如，换能器143和换能器153可以是动铁式扬声器，其具有尺寸小、灵敏度高、高频范围大的特点。再例如，换能器143和换能器153可以是气导扬声器，或骨导扬声器。再例如，换能器143和换能器153可以为平衡电枢式扬声器。在一些实施例中，换能器143和换能器153可以是不同类型的换能器。例如，换能器143可以为动铁式扬声器，换能器153可以为动圈式扬声器。再例如，换能器143可以为动圈式扬声器，换能器153可以为动铁式扬声器。
图6A和6B中，声学驱动器140的双点声源间距为d1，声学驱动器150的双点声源间距为d2，且d1大于d2。如图6B所示，听音位置(即，用户佩戴声学输出装置时耳道的位置)可以位于一组双点声源的连线上。在一些替代性实施例中，听音位置可以为任意合适的位置。例如，听音位置可以位于以双点声源中心点为圆心的圆周上。再例如，听音位置可以位于两组双点声源连线的同一侧，或者位于两组双点声源连线的中间。
可以理解，图6A和6B中示出的声学输出装置的简化结构仅作为示例，并不是对本申请的限制。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置400和/或声学输出装置500可以包括支撑结构、控制器、信号处理器等一种或多种的组合结构。
图7A和7B是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的示意图。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器(如声学驱动器140或150)可以包括多组窄带扬声器。如图7A所示，声学输出装置可以包括多组窄带扬声器单元和信号处理模块。在用户左侧或右侧的位置，该声学输出装置分别包括n组，共2*n个窄带扬声器单元。每组窄带扬声器单元具有不同的频率响应曲线，各组的频率响应互补，且共同覆盖可听声音频段。这里所说的窄带扬声器可以是相对于上述低频声学驱动器和高频声学驱动器而言，具有更窄频率响应范围的声学驱动器。以图7A中所示的位于用户左侧的扬声器单元为例：A1～An分别与B1～Bn一起构成n组双点声源。当输入同一电信号时，每组双点声源分别产生具有不同频率范围的声音。通过设定每组双点声源的间隔dn来调控各频段的近场与远场的声音。例如，为了增强近场听音音量，减小远场漏音音量，可以使得较高频的双点声源间距小于较低频的双点声源间距。
在一些实施例中，信号处理模块可以包括均衡(Equalizer，EQ)处理模块和数字信号处理(DSP)模块。信号处理模块可以用于实现信号均衡以及其他通用的数字信号处理算法(如调幅、调相等)。处理后的信号可以通过与相应的声学驱动器(例如，窄带扬声器)结构相连输出声音。优选地，窄带扬声器可以为动圈式扬声器或动铁式扬声器。更优选地，窄带扬声器可以为平衡电枢式扬声器。可以使用两个平衡电枢式扬声器构造双点声源，且两个扬声器输出声音的相位相反。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器(如声学驱动器140或150)可以包括多组全频带扬声器。如图7B所示，声学输出装置可以包括多组全频带扬声器单元和信号处理模块。在用户左侧或右侧的位置，该声学输出装置分别包括n组，共2*n个全频带扬声器单元。每组全频带扬声器单元都具有相同或类似的频率响应曲线，且能覆盖较广的频率范围。
以图7B中所示的位于用户左侧的扬声器单元为例：A1～An分别与B1～Bn一起构成n个双点声源。与图7A不同的地方在于，图7B中的信号处理模块包含至少一组滤波器，用来对声源信号进行分频，再将对应不同频率范围的电信号分别输入到各组全频带扬声器。这样，每组扬声器单元(类似于上述双点声源)，可以分别产生具有不同频率范围的声音。
图8A-8C是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学路径的示意图。
如上所述，可以通过在声学路径中设置声管、声腔、声阻等结构来构造相应的声学滤波 网络，以实现对声音的分频。图8A-8C中示出了利用声学路径对声音信号进行分频的结构示意图。需要注意的是，图8A-8C仅作为利用声学路径对声音信号进行分频时，声学路径设置的示例，并非对本申请的限制。
如图8A所示，可以由一组或者一组以上的管腔结构串联组成声学路径，在管腔中设置声阻材料以调节整个结构的声阻抗，以实现滤波效果。在一些实施例中，可以通过调节官腔中各结构的尺寸和声阻材料对声音进行带通滤波或低通滤波，以实现对声音的分频。如图8B所示，可以在声学路径支路构造由一组或者一组以上的共振腔(例如，亥姆霍兹共振腔)结构，并通过调节各结构的尺寸和声阻材料实现滤波效果。如图8C所示，可以在声学路径构造管腔和共振腔(例如，亥姆霍兹共振腔)结构的组合，并通过调节各结构的尺寸和声阻材料实现滤波效果。
图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的在两组双点声源的共同作用下的漏音的示例性曲线图。
图9示出了两组双点声源(一组高频双点声源和一组低频双点声源)共同作用下的声学输出装置(如声学输出装置100、声学输出装置300、声学输出装置400、声学输出装置500、声学输出装置600等)的漏音曲线。图中两组双点声源的分频点在700Hz左右。
采用归一化参数α作为评价漏音量的指标(α的计算参见公式(4))，如图9所示，相对于单点声源的情况，双点声源的降漏音能力更强。此外地，相对于只设置一组双点声源的声学输出装置，通过两组双点声源分别输出高频声音和低频声音，并使得低频双点声源的间距大于高频双点声源的间距。在低频范围内，通过设置较大的双点声源间距(d1)，使得近场听音音量增量大于远场漏音音量增量，可以实现在低频段有较高的近场音量输出。同时由于在低频范围内，双点声源的漏音原本就很少，在增大双点声源间距后，稍有上升的漏音仍可保持较低水平。在高频范围内，通过设置较小的双点声源间距(d2)，克服了高频降漏音截止频率过低，降漏音频段过窄的问题。因此，本申请实施例提供的声学输出装置通过在低频段设置双点声源间距d1，高频段设置双点声源间距d2，可以获得较单点声源、以及一组双点声源更强的降漏音能力。
在一些实施例中，受实际电路滤波特性、换能器频率特性、声通道频率特性等因素的影响，声学输出装置实际输出的低频、高频声音可能与图9所示存在差别。此外地，低频、高频声音可能会在分频点附近频带产生一定的重叠(混叠)，导致声学输出装置的总降漏音不会如图9所示的在分频点处有突变，而是在分频点附近频段有渐变和过渡，如图9细实线所示意的。可以理解的，这些差异并不会影响本申请实施例提供声学输出装置的整体降漏音效果。
根据图4至图9及其相关描述，本申请提供的声学输出装置可以通过设置高频双点声源和低频双点声源实现不同频段下的声音输出，从而达到更好的声音输出效果；另外，可以通过设置不同间距的双点声源，使该声学输出装置在更高的频段有更强的降漏音能力的效果，满足开放双耳声学输出装置的需求。
在本申请的另一方面提供了另一声学输出装置。该声学输出装置可以包括至少一组声学驱动器，所述至少一组声学驱动器产生的声音可以通过与其声耦合的至少两个导声孔向外传播。在一些实施例中，所述声学输出装置上可以设有挡板结构，使得所述至少两个导声孔分别分布于挡板的两侧。在一些实施例中，所述至少两个导声孔可以分布于用户耳廓的两侧，此时耳廓作为挡板，可以隔开所述至少两个导声孔，使得所述至少两个导声孔具有不同的到用户耳道的声学路径。更多关于双点声源和挡板的描述，请参见2019年12月31日递交的PCT申请PCT/CN2019/130921和PCT/CN2019/130942，其全部内容通过引用的方式添加在本申请中。
图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的另一声学输出装置的示例性的结构示意图。如图10所示，声学输出装置1000可以包括支撑结构1010以及设置在支撑结构内的声学驱动器1020。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置1000可以通过支撑结构1010佩戴在用户身体上(例如，人体的头部、颈部或者上部躯干)，同时支撑结构1010和声学驱动器1020可以靠近但不堵塞耳道，使得用户耳朵保持开放的状态，在用户既能听到声学输出装置1000输出的声音的同时，又能获取外部环 境的声音。例如，声学输出装置1000可以环绕设置或者部分环绕设置在用户耳朵的周侧，并可以通过气传导或骨传导的方式进行声音的传递。
支撑结构1010可以用于佩戴在用户的身体上，并可以承载一个或多个声学驱动器1020。在一些实施例中，支撑结构1010可以是内部中空的封闭式壳体结构，且所述一个或多个声学驱动器1020位于支撑结构1010的内部。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置1000可以与眼镜、头戴式耳机、头戴式显示装置、AR/VR头盔等产品相结合，在这种情况下，支撑结构1010可以采用悬挂或夹持的方式固定在用户的耳朵的附近。在一些可替代的实施例中，支撑结构1010上可以设有挂钩，且挂钩的形状与耳廓的形状相匹配，从而声学输出装置1000可以通过挂钩独立佩戴在用户的耳朵上。独立佩戴使用的声学输出装置1000可以通过有线或无线(例如，蓝牙)的方式与信号源(例如，电脑、手机或其他移动设备)通信连接。例如，左右耳处的声学输出装置1000可以均通过无线的方式与信号源直接通信连接。又例如，左右耳处的声学输出装置1000可以包括第一输出装置和第二输出装置，其中第一输出装置可以与信号源进行通信连接，第二输出装置可以通过无线方式与第一输出装置无线连接，第一输出装置和第二输出装置之间通过一个或多个同步信号实现音频播放的同步。无线连接的方式可以包括但不限于蓝牙、局域网、广域网、无线个域网、近场通讯等或其任意组合。
在一些实施例中，支撑结构1010可以为具有人体耳朵适配形状的壳体结构，例如圆环形、椭圆形、多边形(规则或不规则)、U型、V型、半圆形，以便支撑结构1010可以直接挂靠在用户的耳朵处。在一些实施例中，支撑结构1010还可以包括一个或多个固定结构。所述固定结构可以包括耳挂、头梁或弹性带，使得声学输出装置1000可以更好地固定在用户身上，防止用户在使用时发生掉落。仅作为示例性说明，例如，弹性带可以为头带，头带可以被配置为围绕头部区域佩戴。又例如，弹性带可以为颈带，被配置为围绕颈/肩区域佩戴。在一些实施例中，弹性带可以是连续的带状物，并可以被弹性地拉伸以佩戴在用户的头部，同时弹性带还可以对用户的头部施加压力，使得声学输出装置1000牢固地固定在用户的头部的特定位置上。在一些实施例中，弹性带可以是不连续的带状物。例如，弹性带可以包括刚性部分和柔性部分，其中，刚性部分可以由刚性材料(例如，塑料或金属)制成，刚性部分可以与声学输出装置1000的支撑结构1010通过物理连接(例如，卡接、螺纹连接等)的方式进行固定。柔性部分可以由弹性材料制成(例如，布料、复合材料或/和氯丁橡胶)。
在一些实施例中，当用户佩戴声学输出装置1000时，支撑结构1010可以位于耳廓的上方或下方。支撑结构1010上还可以开设有用于传递声音的导声孔1011和导声孔1012。在一些实施例中，导声孔1011和导声孔1012可以分别位于用户耳廓的两侧，且声学驱动器1020可以通过导声孔1011和导声孔1012向外输出声音。
声学驱动器1020是一个可以接收电信号，并将其转换为声音信号进行输出的元件。在一些实施例中，按频率进行区分，声学驱动器1020的类型可以包括低频声学驱动器、高频声学驱动器或全频声学驱动器，或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，按原理进行区分，声学驱动器1020还可以包括但不限于动圈式、动铁式、压电式、静电式、磁致伸缩式等驱动器。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1020可以包括一个振膜。当振膜振动时，声音可以分别从该振膜的前侧和后侧发出。在一些实施例中，支撑结构1010内振膜前侧的位置设有用于传递声音的前室1013。前室1013与导声孔1011声学耦合，振膜前侧的声音可以通过前室1013从导声孔1011中发出。支撑结构1010内振膜后侧的位置设有用于传递声音的后室1014。后室1014与导声孔1012声学耦合，振膜后侧的声音可以通过后室1014从导声孔1012中发出。需要知道的是，当振膜在振动时，振膜前侧和后侧可以同时产生一组相位相反的声音。当声音分别通过前室1013和后室1014后，会从导声孔1011和导声孔1012的位置向外传播。在一些实施例中，可以通过设置前室1013和后室1014的结构，使得声学驱动器1020在导声孔1011和导声孔1012处输出的声音满足特定的条件。例如，可以设计前室1013和后室1014的长度，使得导声孔1011和导声孔1012 处可以输出一组具有特定相位关系(例如，相位相反)的声音，使得声学输出装置1000近场的听音音量较小和远场的漏音问题均得到有效改善。
在一些可替代的实施例中，声学驱动器1020也可以包括多个振膜(例如，两个振膜)。所述多个振膜分别振动产生声音，并分别通过支撑结构内与之相连的不同的腔体后从对应的导声孔处传出。所述多个振膜可以分别由相同或不同的控制器进行控制，并可以产生具有满足一定相位和幅值条件的声音(例如，振幅相同当相位相反的声音、振幅不同且相位相反的声音等)。
如上文所述(例如，图3A、3B及其相关描述)，在声音频率一定的情况下，随着两个点声源之间间距的增加，与两个点声源对应的听音音量和漏音音量均增加。为更清楚的描述，将结合图11至图13进一步说明听音音量和漏音音量与点声源间距d的关系。
图11是根据本申请一些实施例所示的两个点声源与听音位置的示意图。如图11所示，点声源a1和点声源a2位于听音位置的同一侧，且点声源a1更靠近听音位置，点声源a1和点声源a2分别输出幅值相同但相位相反的声音。
图12是根据本申请一些实施例所示的不同间距的双点声源的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图。其中，横坐标表示双点声源输出声音的频率(f)，单位为赫兹(Hz)，纵坐标表示声音的音量，单位为分贝(dB)。如图12所示，随着点声源a1和点声源a2间距的逐渐增加(例如，由d增加到10d)，听音位置的音量逐渐增大。这是由于随着点声源a1和点声源a2的间距增大，到达听音位置的两路声音的声压幅值差(即声压差)变大，声程差更大，使得声音相消的效果变弱，进而使得听音位置的音量增加。但由于声音相消的情况仍存在，听音位置处的音量在中低频段(例如，频率小于1000Hz的声音)仍小于同位置同强度的单点声源产生的音量。但在高频段(例如，频率接近10000Hz的声音)，由于声音波长的变小，会出现满足声音相互增强的条件，使得双点声源产生的声音比单点声源的声音大。在本说明书的实施例中，声压幅值，即声压，可以是指声音通过空气的振动所产生的压强。
在一些实施例中，通过增加双点声源(例如，点声源a1和点声源a2)的间距可以提高听音位置处的音量，但随着间距的增加，双点声源声音相消的能力变弱，进而导致远场漏音的增加。仅仅作为说明，图13是根据本申请一些实施例提供的不同间距的双点声源在远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。其中，横坐标表示声音的频率(f)，单位为赫兹(Hz)，纵坐标采用归一化参数α作为评价漏音量的指标，单位为分贝(dB)。如图13所示，以单点声源的远场归一化参数α作为参照，随着双点声源的间距由d增加到10d，远场的归一化参数α逐渐升高，说明漏音逐渐变大。关于归一化参数α的具体内容可以参考公式(4)及其相关描述。
在一些实施例中，在声学输出装置中加入挡板结构，有利于提高声学输出装置的输出效果，即增大近场听音位置的声音强度，同时减小远场漏音的音量。仅仅作为说明，图14是根据本申请一些实施例提供的双点声源之间设置挡板的示例性分布示意图。如图14所示，当点声源a1和点声源a2之间设有挡板时，在近场，点声源a2的声场需要绕过挡板才能与点声源a1的声波在听音位置处产生干涉，相当于增加了点声源a2到听音位置的声程。因此，假设点声源a1和点声源a2具有相同的幅值，则相比于没有设置挡板的情况，点声源a1和点声源a2在听音位置的声波的幅值差增大，从而两路声音在听音位置进行相消的程度减少，使得听音位置的音量增大。在远场，由于点声源a1和点声源a2产生的声波在较大的空间范围内都不需要绕过挡板就可以发生干涉(类似于无挡板情形)，则相比于没有挡板的情况，远场的漏音不会明显增加。因此，在点声源a1和点声源a2之间设置挡板结构，可以在远场漏音音量不显著增加的情况下，显著提升近场听音位置的音量。
在本申请中，当双点声源分别位于耳廓的两侧时，耳廓具有挡板的效果，因此为方便起见，耳廓也可以被称作挡板。作为示例性说明，由于耳廓的存在，其结果可等效为近场声音由间距为D1的双点声源产生(也称为模式1)，而远场声音由间距为D2的双点声源产生(也称为模式2)，其中D1>D2。图15是根据本申请一些实施例所示的耳廓位于双点声源之间时听音音量随频率 变化的曲线图。如图15所示，当频率较低时(例如，频率小于1000Hz时)，双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时的近场声音(即用户耳朵听到的声音)的音量与模式1的近场声音音量基本相同，均大于模式2的近场声音音量，且接近单点声源的近场声音音量。随着频率的增加(例如，频率在2000Hz-7000Hz时)，模式1和双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时的近场声音的音量大于单点声源。由此说明当用户的耳廓位于在双点声源之间时，可以有效地增强声源传递到用户耳朵的近场声音音量。图16是根据本申请一些实施例所示的耳廓位于双点声源之间时漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图。如图16所示，随着频率的增加，远场漏音音量都会有所增加，但是当双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时，其产生的远场漏音音量与模式2的远场漏音音量基本相同，均小于模式1的远场漏音音量和单点声源的远场漏音音量。由此说明当用户的耳廓位于双点声源之间时，可以有效地降低声源传递到远场的声音，即可以有效减少声源向周围环境发出的漏音。图17是根据本申请一些实施例所示的声学输出装置的双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。如图17所示，在频率小于10000Hz时，双点声源分布在耳廓两侧时的归一化参数要小于模式1(双点声源之间无挡板结构，且间距为D1)、模式2(双点声源之间无挡板结构，且间距为D2)以及单点声源情况下的归一化参数，由此说明在双点声源分别位于耳廓两侧时，声学输出装置具有更好地降漏音能力。
为了进一步说明双点声源或两个导声孔之间有无挡板时对声学输出装置的声音输出效果的影响，现以不同条件下的听音位置的近场音量或/和远场漏音音量作具体说明。
图18是根据本申请一些实施例所示的两个点声源之间在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图。如图18所示，声学输出装置在两个点声源(即两个导声孔)之间增加挡板以后，在近场，相当于增大了两个点声源的间距，在近场听音位置的音量相当于由一组距离较大的双点声源产生，使得近场的听音音量相对于无挡板的情况明显增加。在远场，由于两个点声源产生的声波的干涉受挡板的影响很小，漏音相当于是由一组距离较小的双点声源产生，故漏音在有/无挡板的情况下并变化不明显。由此可知，通过在两个导声孔(双点声源)之间设置挡板，在有效提升声学输出装置降漏音能力的同时，还可以显著增加声音输出装置的近场音量。因而对声学输出装置中起到发声作用的组件要求大大降低，同时能够减少声学输出装置的电损耗，故在电量一定的情况下，还能大大延长声学输出装置的使用时间。
图19是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为300Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图。图20是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为1000Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图。如图19和图20所示，在近场，当频率为300Hz或1000Hz时，随着双点声源间距d的增大，双点声源之间存在挡板时的听音音量始终大于双点声源之间无挡板时的听音音量，这说明在该频率下，双点声源之间设置挡板结构可以有效地提高近场的听音音量。在远场，双点声源之间有挡板时漏音音量与双点声源之间无挡板时漏音音量相当，这说明在该频率下，双点声源之间是否设置挡板结构对远场漏音的影响不大。
图21是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源频率为5000Hz时在有无挡板的情况下听音音量及漏音音量随双点声源间距变化的曲线图。如图21所示，在近场，当频率为5000Hz时，随着双点声源间距d的增大，双点声源之间存在挡板时的听音音量始终大于双点声源之间无挡板时的听音音量。在远场，有挡板和无挡板的双点声源的漏音音量随间距d的变化而呈现波动性变化，但整体上可以看出，双点声源之间是否设置挡板结构对远场漏音的影响不大。
图22是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为1cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图23是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为2cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图24是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为4cm时听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图25是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为1cm时远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图，图26是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为2cm时远场的归一化 参数随频率变化的曲线图，图27是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源间距d为4cm时远场的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。如图22至图24所示，对于不同的导声孔的间距d(例如，1cm、2cm、4cm)，在一定的频率下，在近场听音位置(例如，用户耳朵)，两个导声孔分别设置于耳廓两侧(即，图中所示“有挡板作用”的情况)时提供的音量都要比两个导声孔未设置于耳廓两侧(即，图中所示“无挡板作用”的情况)时提供的音量大。这里所说的一定频率可以是在10000Hz以下，或者优选地，在5000Hz以下，或者更优选地，在1000Hz以下。
如图25至27所示，对于不同的导声孔的间距d(例如，1cm、2cm、4cm)，在一定的频率下，在远场位置(例如，远离用户耳朵的环境位置)，两个导声孔分别设置于耳廓两侧时产生的漏音音量都要比两个导声孔未设置于耳廓两侧时产生的漏音音量小。需要知道的是，随着两个导声孔或者双点声源的间距增加，远场位置处声音相消干涉会减弱，导致远场的漏音逐渐增加，降漏音能力变弱。因此两个导声孔或者双点声源的间距d不能太大。在一些实施例中，为了保持声音输出装置在近场可以输出尽可能大的声音，同时抑制远场的漏音，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不大于20cm，优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不大于12cm，更优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不大于10cm，进一步优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不大于6cm。在一些实施例中，考虑到声学输出装置的尺寸以及导声孔的结构要求，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不小于1cm且不大于12cm，优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不小于1cm且不大于10cm，更优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不小于1cm且不大于8cm，更优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不小于1cm且不大于6cm，更优选地，两个导声孔之间的间距d可以设置为不小于1cm且不大于3cm。
需要注意的是，以上描述仅为描述方便，并不用于限制本申请。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解本申请的原理后，可以在不违背这一原理的情况下，对上述声学输出装置进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变。例如，在一些实施例中，挡板两侧的导声孔数量不限于上述的一个，还可以为多个，可以相同或不同。例如挡板一侧的导声孔数量可以为两个，另一侧的导声孔数量可以为两个或三个。以上这些改变均在本申请的保护范围内。
在一些实施例中，在保持双点声源间距一定的前提下，听音位置相对于双点声源的位置对于近场听音音量和远场降漏音具有一定影响。为了提高声学输出装置的输出效果，在一些实施例中，声学输出装置上可以设置至少两个导声孔，且该至少两个导声孔包括两个分别位于用户耳廓前后两侧的两个导声孔。在一些特定的实施例中，考虑到位于用户耳廓后侧的导声孔传出的声音需要绕开耳廓才能到达用户的耳道，位于耳廓前侧的导声孔距离用户耳道的声学路径(即，导声孔到用户耳道入口位置的声学距离)短于位于耳廓后侧的导声孔距离用户耳朵的声学路径。为了进一步说明听音位置对声音输出效果的影响，作为示例性说明，在本说明书的实施例中，如图28所示，选取了四个有代表性的听音位置(听音位置1、听音位置2、听音位置3、听音位置4)，对听音位置选取的效果和原理做阐述。其中，听音位置1、听音位置2和听音位置3与点声源a1的间距相等，为r1，听音位置4与点声源a1的间距为r2，且r2<r1，点声源a1和点声源a2分别产生相位相反的声音。
图29是根据本申请一些实施例所示的无挡板的双点声源在近场不同听音位置的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图30是在图29的基础上，根据公式(4)求得的不同听音位置的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。如图29和30所示，对于听音位置1，由于点声源a1和点声源a2在听音位置1的声程差较小，两个点声源在听音位置1产生的声音的幅值差较小，所以两个点声源的声音在听音位置1干涉以后导致听音音量相比于其他听音位置要更小。对于听音位置2，相比于听音位置1，该听音位置与点声源a1的间距未变，即点声源a1到听音位置2的声程没有发生变化，但是听音位置2与点声源a2的间距变大，点声源a2到达听音位置2的声程增大，点声源a1和点声源a2在该位置产生的声音的幅值差增加，所以两个点声源的声音在听音位置2干涉后的听音音量大于听音位置1处的听音音量。由于在所有以r1为半径的圆弧位置中，点声源a1和点声源a2到 听音位置3的声程差最大，所以相比于听音位置1和听音位置2，听音位置3的听音音量最大。对于听音位置4，由于听音位置4与点声源a1的间距较小，点声源a1在该位置的声音幅值较大，所以该听音位置的听音音量较大。综上可知，近场听音位置的听音音量会随着听音位置与两个点声源的相对位置的变化而变化。当听音位置处于两个点声源的连线上且位于两个点声源同侧(例如，听音位置3)时，两个点声源在听音位置的声程差最大(声程差为两个点声源的间距d)，则在这种情况下(即，耳廓不作为挡板时)，此听音位置的听音音量比其他位置听音音量大。根据公式(4)，在远场漏音一定的情况下，该听音位置对应的归一化参数最小，降漏音能力最强。同时，减小听音位置与点声源a1的间距r1(例如，听音位置4)，可以进一步增加听音位置的音量，同时减小漏音指数，提高降漏音能力。
图31是根据本申请一些实施例所示的有挡板的双点声源(如图28所示的情况)在近场不同听音位置的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图32是在图31的基础上，根据公式(4)求得的不同听音位置的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。如图31和32所示，相对于无挡板的情况，有挡板时双点声源在听音位置1产生的听音音量显著增加，且听音位置1的听音音量超过了听音位置2和听音位置3处的听音音量。这是由于在两个点声源之间加入挡板以后，点声源a2到达听音位置1的声程增加，导致两个点声源到达听音位置1的声程差显著增大，两个点声源在听音位置1上产生的声音的幅值差增大，不易产生声音的干涉相消，从而导致在听音位置1产生的听音音量显著增加。在听音位置4，由于听音位置与点声源A1的间距进一步减小，点声源a1在该位置的声音幅值较大，所以听音位置4的听音音量在所取的4个听音位置中仍然是最大的。对于听音位置2和听音位置3，挡板对于点声源a2的声场到达此两处听音位置的声程增加效果并不是很明显，所以在听音位置2和听音位置3处的音量增加效果要小于距离挡板较近的听音位置1和听音位置4的音量增加效果。
由于远场的漏音音量不随听音位置的改变而发生变化，而近场听音位置的听音音量随听音位置的改变而发生变化，故在不同的听音位置，根据公式(4)，声学输出装置的归一化参数不同。其中，听音音量较大的听音位置(例如，听音位置1和听音位置4)，归一化参数小，降漏音能力强；听音音量较小的听音位置(例如，听音位置2和听音位置3)，归一化参数较大，降漏音能力较弱。
因此，根据声学输出装置的实际应用场景，可以将用户的耳廓作为挡板，将声学输出装置上两个导声孔分别设置在耳廓的前后两侧，耳道作为听音位置位于两个导声孔之间。在一些实施例中，通过设计两个导声孔在声学输出装置上的位置，使得耳廓前侧的导声孔到耳道的距离比耳廓后侧的导声孔到耳道的距离小，此时由于耳廓前侧的导声孔距离耳道的距离较近，耳廓前侧导声孔在耳道处产生的声音幅值较大，而耳廓后侧导声孔在耳道处产生的声音幅值较小，避免了两个导声孔处的声音在耳道处的干涉相消，从而确保耳道处的听音音量较大。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置上可以包括一个或多个在佩戴时与耳廓接触的接触点(例如，支撑结构上用于匹配耳朵形状的“拐点”)。所述接触点可以位于两个导声孔的连线上或者位于两个导声孔连线的一侧。且前侧的导声孔到接触点的距离与后侧的导声孔到接触点的距离之比可以在0.05-20之间，优选地，在0.1-10之间，更优选地，在0.2-5之间，进一步优选地，在0.4-2.5之间。
图33是根据本申请一些实施例所示的双点声源与挡板(例如，耳廓)的示例性分布示意图。在一些实施例中，挡板在两个导声孔间的位置也对声音的输出效果具有一定影响。仅仅作为示例性说明，如图33所示，在点声源a1和点声源a2之间设置挡板，听音位置位于点声源a1和点声源a2的连线上，且听音位置位于点声源a1与挡板之间，点声源a1与挡板的间距为L，点声源a1与点声源a2之间的间距为d，点声源a1与听音的间距为L1，听音位置与挡板之间的间距为L2。当听音位置与点声源a1的间距L1不变时，移动挡板的位置，使得点声源a1与挡板的间距L和双点声源间距d具有不同的比例关系，可以获得在该不同比例关系下听音位置的听音音量和远场漏音音量。
图34是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时近场的听音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图35是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时远场漏音音量随频率变化的曲线图，图36是根据本申请一些实施例所示的挡板在不同位置时的归一化参数随频率变化的曲线图。结合图34至图36，远场的漏音随挡板在双点声源间的位置变化很小。在点声源a1和点声源a2的间距d保持不变时，当L减小时，听音位置的音量增加，归一化参数减小，降漏音能力增强；当L增大时，听音位置的音量增加，漏音指数变大，降漏音能力减弱。产生以上结果的原因是当L较小时，听音位置距离挡板较近，挡板增加了点声源a2的声波传播到听音位置的声程，从而增大了点声源a1和点声源a2到达听音位置的声程差，减少了声音的干涉相消，所以加挡板以后听音位置的音量增加更大。当L较大时，听音位置距离挡板较远，挡板对点声源a1和点声源a2到达听音位置的声程差的影响较小，所以加挡板以后听音位置的音量变化较小。
由以上可知，通过设计声学输出装置上导声孔的位置，使得在用户佩戴声学输出装置时，将人体的耳廓作为挡板来隔开不同的导声孔，在简化声学输出装置的结构的同时，可以进一步提到声学输出装置的输出效果。在一些实施例中，可以设计两个导声孔的位置，使得当用户佩戴声学输出装置时，耳廓前侧的导声孔到耳廓(或者声学输出装置上用于与耳廓接触的接触点)的距离与两个导声孔之间的间距的比值不大于0.5。优选地，位于耳廓前侧的导声孔到耳廓(或者声学输出装置上用于与耳廓接触的接触点)的距离与两个导声孔间距的比值不大于0.3。更优选地，位于耳廓前侧的导声孔到耳廓(或者声学输出装置上用于与耳廓接触的接触点)的距离与两个导声孔间距的比值不大于0.1。在一些实施例中，耳廓前侧的导声孔到耳廓(或者声学输出装置上用于与耳廓接触的接触点)的间距与两个导声孔之间的间距不小于0.05。在一些实施例中，两个导声孔的间距与耳廓的高度的比值不小于0.2。优选地，两个导声孔的间距与耳廓的高度的比值不大于4。在本说明书的实施例中，耳廓的高度可以是指沿着垂直于矢状面的方向的耳廓的长度。
需要知道的是，声学输出装置中声学驱动器到导声孔的声程对近场音量和远场漏音具有一定影响。该声程可以通过调整声学输出装置内振膜和导声孔之间的腔体长度来改变。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器包括一个振膜，且振膜的前后侧分别通过前室和后室耦合到两个导声孔。所述振膜到两个导声孔之间的声程不同。优选地，所述振膜到两个导声孔的声程比为0.5-2。更优选地，所述振膜到两个导声孔的声程比为0.6-1.5。进一步优选地，所述振膜到两个导声孔的声程比为0.8-1.2。
在一些实施例中，可以在保持两个导声孔处产生的声音的相位相反的前提下，改变两个导声孔处产生的声音的幅值来提高声学输出装置的输出效果。具体地，可以通过调节两个导声孔与声学驱动器之间声学路径的阻抗来达到调节导声孔处声音幅值的目的。在本说明书的实施例中，阻抗可以是指声波传导时介质位移需要克服的阻力。所述声学路径中可以填充或者不填充阻尼材料(例如，调音网、调音棉等)来实现声音的调幅。例如，在一些实施例中，声学路径中可以设置谐振腔、声孔、声狭缝、调音网或调音棉来调整声阻，以改变声学路径的阻抗。再例如，在一些实施例中，还可以通过调节两个导声孔的孔径以改变声学路径的声阻。优选地，声学驱动器(的振膜)至两个导声孔的声阻抗之比为0.5-2。更优选地，声学驱动器(的振膜)至两个导声孔的声阻抗之比为0.8-1.2。
需要注意的是，以上描述仅为描述方便，并不用于限制本申请。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解本申请的原理后，可以在不违背这一原理的情况下，对上述声学输出装置进行形式和细节上的各种修正和改变，例如，听音位置可以不在双点声源的连线上，也可以在双点声源连线的上方、下方或延伸方向上。又例如，点声源至耳廓的间距、耳廓的高度的测量方式还可以根据不同的场景进行调整。以上类似的改变均在本申请的保护范围内。
图37是根据本申请一些实施例所示的又一种声学输出装置的示例性结构示意图。
对于人耳听音来说，听音的频段主要集中于中低频段，在该频段主要以增加听音音量为优化目标。若听音位置固定，通过一定手段调节双点声源的参数，可以实现听音音量有显著增加 而漏音音量基本不变的效果(听音音量的增量大于漏音音量的增量)。在高频段，双点声源的降漏音效果变弱，在该频段主要以减小漏音为优化目标。通过一定手段调节不同频率的双点声源的参数，可以实现漏音的进一步减小以及降漏音频段的扩大。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置1000还可以包括声学驱动器1030。声学驱动器1030从两个第二导声孔输出声音。关于声学驱动器1030与第二导声孔以及二者之间的结构，可以参考声学驱动器1020以及第一导声孔的具体描述。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1030与声学驱动器1020可以分别输出不同频率的声音。在一些实施例中，声学输出装置还可以包括控制器，控制器被配置为使声学驱动器1020输出在第一频率范围内的声音，并且使声学驱动器1030输出在第二频率范围内的声音，其中，第二频率范围中包括高于第一频率范围的频率。例如，第一频率的范围为100Hz-1000Hz，第二频率的范围为1000Hz-10000Hz。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1020为低频扬声器，声学驱动器1030为中高频扬声器。由于低频扬声器和中高频扬声器自身频率响应特性的不同，其输出的声音频段也会有所不同，通过使用低频扬声器和中高频扬声器可以实现对高低频段的声音进行分频，进而可以通过分别构建低频双点声源和中高频双点声源来进行近场声音的输出和远场降漏音。例如，声学驱动器1020可以通过导声孔1011和导声孔1012提供输出低频声音的双点声源，主要用于输出低频频段的声音。低频双点声源可以分布于耳廓的两侧，用来增加近场耳朵附近的音量。声学驱动器1030可以通过两个第二导声孔提供输出中高频频段的双点声源，并通过控制两个第二导声孔的间距，可以降低中高频的漏音。中高频双点声源可以分布于耳廓的两侧，也可以分布在耳廓的同一侧。可替代地，声学驱动器1020可以通过导声孔1011和导声孔1012提供输出全频声音的双点声源，用来进一步增加近场声音的音量。
进一步地，两个第二导声孔的间距d2小于导声孔1011和导声孔1012的间距d1，即d1大于d2。仅仅作为说明，如图9所示，通过设置两组间距不同的低频双点声源和高频双点声源可以获得较单点声源、以及一组双点声源更强的降漏音能力。
需要说明的是，声学输出装置的导声孔不局限于图37所示的声学驱动器1720对应的两个导声孔1011和导声孔1012分布于耳廓的两侧以及声学驱动器1030对应的两个第二导声孔分布于耳廓的前侧的情况。例如，在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1030对应的两个第二导声孔可以分布于耳廓的同一侧(例如，耳廓的后侧、上方或下方)。又例如，在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1030对应的两个第二导声孔可以分布于耳廓的两侧。在其他的实施例中，当两个导声孔1011、导声孔1012或/和两个第二导声孔位于耳廓的同一侧时，在两个导声孔1011、导声孔1012之间或/和两个第二导声孔之间可以设置挡板，以进一步提高近场的听音音量和降低远场漏音。再例如，在一些实施例中，声学驱动器1020对应的两个导声孔还可以位于耳廓的同一侧(例如，耳廓的前侧、后侧、上方、下方)。
图38是根据本申请的一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的剖面结构示意图。图39是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的发声结构的示意图。例如，图39可以是图38中发声结构3805的放大图。图40是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的隔板结构的截面示意图。例如，图40可以为图38中隔板结构沿C-C的截面示意图。如图38、图39和/或图40所示，所述开放双耳式耳机3800可以包括壳体3810、至少一个麦克风3820、声学驱动器3830、与声学驱动器3830对应的导声管3840(例如，导声管3840-1、导声管3840-2、导声管3840-3、导声管3840-4等)、隔板3850、电路板3860、蓝牙模块3870，以及电源模块3880。在一些实施例中，所述开放双耳式耳机3800还可以包括电子分频模块(图中未示出，可以参见电子分频模块110)。在一些实施例中，所述电子分频模块、所述声学驱动器3830、以及导声管3840可以一起被称为声学输出装置。更多关于声学输出装置的描述可以参见图1至图37中有关声学输出装置(例如，声学输出装置100、声学输出装置300、声学输出装置400、声学输出装置500、声学输出装置600、声学输出装置1000等)的描述，此处不在赘述。
在一些实施例中，所述电子分频模块可以设置于壳体3810中。示例性的电子分频模块可以包括无源滤波器、有源滤波器、模拟滤波器、数字滤波器等，或其组合。在一些实施例中，可通过设置不同频率响应特性的声学驱动器3830(例如，设置低频换能器、中频换能器和/或高频换能器)，使具有不同频率响应的换能器输出的声音包含不同的频段成分。在一些实施例中，还可以在声学路径中实现音频信号的分频处理。例如，声学驱动器3830可以产生全频带声音，通过设置具有不同声学阻抗的声学路径可对声学驱动器3830输出的声音进行声学滤波，使得通过不同声学路径输出的声音具有不同的频率成分。更多关于声学路径分频的描述可以参见图4、8A至8C及其描述，此处不再赘述。在一些实施例中，音频信号的分频处理也可以通过上述两种或两种以上的方式进行组合实现。
所述声学驱动器3830产生的不同频率的声音信号可以经由不同的导声管3840从不同的导声孔3842(例如，导声孔3842-1、导声孔3842-2、导声孔3842-3、导声孔3842-4等)输出给用户。需要注意的是，导声管3840仅仅是声音能够在开放双耳式耳机3800中传播的声学路径的一种示例性实施方式。本领域技术人员还可以想到通过其他声学路径(如声腔、谐振腔、声孔、声狭缝、调音网等中的一种或其任意组合的结构)或其他方式使声音在开放双耳式耳机3800中传播，此处不做限定。
在一些实施例中，将音频信号处理后生成的分频信号可以具有比音频信号的频带更窄的频带但其频带位于音频信号的频带范围内。例如，音频信号的频带范围可以是10Hz到30kHz。分频信号的频带可以是100Hz到200Hz，其比音频信号的频带范围窄且在音频信号的频带范围内。在一些实施例中，分频信号的频带的组合可以完全覆盖音频信号的频带。附加地或替换地，分频信号的频带的组合可以部分覆盖音频信号的频带。在一些实施例中，分频信号中的至少两个可以具有不同的频带(不同的频带指的是频带中心值和频带宽度中至少一个参数不同的两个频带)。可选地，每个分频信号可以具有与其他分频信号的频带不同的特征频带(即包含与其他分频信号的频带范围均未重叠的频带)。不同的分频信号可以具有相同的频率带宽或不同的频率带宽。在一些实施例中，可以避免频域中一对相邻分频信号的频带之间的重叠，从而提高语音输出效果。在处理后生成的分频信号中，中心频率接近的两个分频信号可以被认为在频域中彼此相邻。关于一对相邻分频信号的频带的更多描述可以参见图42A和42B及其相关描述。在一些实施例中，受实际电路滤波特性、换能器频率特性、声通道频率特性等因素的影响，开放双耳式耳机3800实际输出的低频、高频声音可能会在分频点附近频带产生一定的重叠(混叠)。可以理解的，这些重叠并不会影响本申请实施例提供的开放双耳式耳机3800的整体降漏音效果。
壳体3810为开放双耳式耳机3800的外部结构，其形状根据耳机的佩戴方式(例如，耳挂式耳机和头箍式耳机)及具体使用要求相应设置，此处不做具体限定。例如，壳体3810可以与用户耳廓相互配合，其挂在用户耳朵上不易掉落。拥有该壳体3810的开放双耳式耳机3800也可以被称为耳挂式耳机。又例如，壳体3810可以横跨在用户头顶，以类似头箍的形式固定在人头部，并使其两端距离用户耳朵一定距离。拥有该壳体3810的开放双耳式耳机也可以被称为头箍式耳机。
所述壳体3810可为中空结构。麦克风3820、声学驱动器3830、导声管3840、隔板3850、电路板3860、蓝牙模块3870，以及电源模块3880等可被设置在该中空结构中。如图38所示，麦克风3820和声学驱动器3830可位于在壳体3810的前端；电路板3860可位于壳体3810的中段；蓝牙模块3870和电源模块3880可以位于壳体3810的后端。在一些实施例中，所述麦克风3820、声学驱动器3830、导声管3840、隔板3850、电路板3860、蓝牙模块3870和电源模块3880可位于壳体3810的任何其他合适的位置，此处不做具体限定。例如，声学驱动器3830-1、麦克风3820、电路板3860等可以位于壳体3810的前端，蓝牙模块3870可以位于壳体3810的中段；声学驱动器3830-2、电池模块3880可以位于壳体3810的后端。又例如，蓝牙模块3870和电源模块3880可以位于壳体3810的前端；麦克风3820和电路板3860可以位于壳体3810的中段；声学驱 动器3830-1和声学驱动器3830-2都可以位于壳体3810的后端，其可以通过导声管使导声孔设置在壳体3810的前端。需要注意的是，所述麦克风3820、声学驱动器3830、导声管3840、隔板3850、电路板3860、蓝牙模块3870和电源模块3880等部件在壳体3810中位置可以依据开放双耳式耳机3800的需求而设置，附图中各部件的具体位置只是为了说明的目的，并不限制本申请的保护范围。如图40所示，声学驱动器3830-1和声学驱动器3830-2可以由隔板3850隔开。
在一些实施例中，所述壳体3810可以是一体成型的。在一些实施例中，所述壳体3810也可以是通过插接、卡接等方式装配而成的。在一些实施例中，壳体3810可以由金属材料(例如，铜、铝、钛、金等)，合金材料(例如，铝合金、钛合金等)，塑料材料(例如，聚乙烯、聚丙烯、环氧树脂、尼龙等)、纤维材料(例如，醋酸纤维、丙酸纤维、碳纤维等)等制成。在一些实施例中，壳体3810外部可以设置有护套。护套可由具有一定弹性的软质材料制成，例如软质的硅胶、橡胶等，为用户佩戴提供较好的触感。
所述壳体3810表面可设置导声孔，例如，第一导声孔3842-1、第二导声孔3842-2、第三导声孔3842-3、第四导声孔3842-4等。所述开放双耳式耳机3800可通过导声孔将声音通过空气输送给用户。声学驱动器3830可以将分频信号(例如，电信号)转换成声音信号，通过对应的导声管将声音信号传输到对应的导声孔，再由导声孔传输给用户。为了进一步说明壳体3810上导声孔的设置对开放双耳式耳机3800声音输出效果的影响，且考虑到声音可以被看作是从导声孔处向外传播，本申请中将开放双耳式耳机3800上的导声孔看作对外输出声音的声源进行描述(当然实际上的声源还是发声装置)。仅仅为了方便描述和出于说明的目的，当开放双耳式耳机3800上的导声孔尺寸较小时，每个导声孔可以近似视为一个点声源。
麦克风3820可用于接收外部的声音信号(例如，用户的语音信号)，并将接收到的声音信号转化成电信号。麦克风3820接收到的声音信号经处理(例如，过滤、去噪、放大、平滑和/或分频等)后可以得到音频信号(或分频信号)，并将所述音频信号通过开放双耳式耳机3800其他组件(如蓝牙组件、WIFI组件)发送给与开放双耳式耳机3800进行通讯的对象或设备。
声学驱动器3830可用于将输入的电信号转换成声音信号后输出。所述转换的方法可以是振动发声的方法。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器3830可以因为其各自频率响应的不同将接收到的音频信号处理成分频信号后，并转换成不同频段的声音信号，再分别将其输出给佩戴所述开放双耳式耳机3800的用户。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器3830可以直接接收不同频段的分频信号，将接收到的分频信号转换成声音信号后，再分别将其输出给佩戴所述开放双耳式耳机3800的用户。在一些实施例中，所述声学驱动器3830可以包括至少两个扬声器单元(或换能器)。仅作为示例，图38、图39以及图40均只描述出两个扬声器单元，即，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2。其中，第一扬声器单元3830-1对应低频信号，第二扬声器单元3830-2对应高频信号。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器3830可以包括气导扬声器、骨导扬声器、水声换能器、超声换能器等，或其组合。在一些实施例中，声学驱动器3830可以包括动圈式扬声器、动铁式扬声器、压电式扬声器、静电式扬声器、磁致伸缩式扬声器、平衡电枢式扬声器等，或其组合。在一些实施例中，每个扬声器单元可以具有相同的频响特性。在一些实施例中，每个扬声器单元可以具有不同的频响特性。
值得注意的是，特定扬声器单元与特定分频信号对应可以指输入所述特定扬声器单元的分频信号的频段可以与所述特定分频信号的频段相同，也可以指所述特定扬声器单元可以产生所述特定声音信号，还可以指通过所述特定扬声器单元处理后传出的信号经导声孔传出的声音信号的频段与所述特定分频信号相同。
每个扬声器单元可用于将输入的电信号(如不同的分频信号)通过振动发声的方法转换成声音信号后输出。在一些实施例中，每个扬声器单元可对应两个导声孔。每个扬声器单元可输出一组相位相反且强度相同的声音信号，并分别通过导声管3840和对应的两个导声孔3842传播给用户。例如，扬声器单元可包含振膜，其受到电信号驱动而产生振动，振膜正面和背面可以同 时输出正相声音和反相声音。在一些实施例中，通过设置导声孔位置，可以使得正相声音和反相声音在听音位置(即，近场如人耳耳孔中心位置)的相位相同或相近而叠加；同时使得远场(周围环境中常见的漏音点)的正相声音和反相声音相位相反而抵消，这样可以在保证近场声音音量的前提下提高开放双耳式耳机3800的降漏音能力。在一些实施例中，对应于同一个扬声器单元的两个导声孔可以被称为双点声源。例如，与扬声器单元3830-1对应的第一导声孔3842-1和第二导声孔3842-2可以被称为双点声源；与扬声器单元3830-2对应的第三导声孔3842-3和第四导声孔3842-4也可以被称为双点声源。在一些实施例中，从双点声源中的每个导声孔传出的分频信号的频带和振幅可以相同，相位可以不同(例如，可以相反)。在一些实施例中，从双点声源中的每个导声孔传出的分频信号的频带可以相同，相位可以相同。在一些实施例中，扬声器单元可以只对应唯一的导声孔。即，扬声器单元对应一个单点声源。也就是说，所述扬声器单元可以只输出唯一的分频信号。例如，扬声器单元3830-1的朝向导声孔3842-2的一面可以是封闭的。可以通过使用两个扬声器单元(即两个单点声源)构造双点声源。例如，可以使用两个平衡电枢式扬声器构造高频双点声源(即，该双点声源对应高频信号)。在一些实施例中，每组双点声源中每个单点声源对应的分频信号的频率、相位、振幅导等参数可以各自调节。例如，每组双点声源中每个单点声源的频率可以相同，相位可以相同或不同。又例如，每组双点声源中每个单点声源的频率可以相同，振幅可以相同或不同。
在一些实施例中，扬声器单元所对应的分频信号的频段越高，则与其对应的导声孔之间的距离可以越短。例如，第一扬声器单元3830-1可用于输出低频信号，第二扬声器单元3830-2可用于输出高频信号，其中，第一扬声器单元3830-1对应的第一导声孔3842-1和第二导声孔3842-2之间的距离可以大于第二扬声器单元3830-2对应的第三导声孔3842-3和第四导声孔3842-4之间的距离。通过如此对扬声器单元所对应的导声孔距离的设置，可以提高开放双耳式耳机3800的降漏音能力。这是因为在双点声源间距固定的情况下，双点声源产生的漏音会随音频频率的增加而增加，降漏音能力随音频频率的增加而减弱。当频率大于某值时其产生的漏音会大于单点声源，此频率即为双点声源能够降漏音的上限频率。关于频率与双点声源距离以及降漏音的上限频率的更多描述可以参见本说明书其他地方(如图2和图3及其相关描述)。针对不同的分频信号，通过设置多组间距不同的双点声源，可获得较单点声源更强的降漏音能力。例如，可将音频信号分为如低、中、高3个频段。通过设置不同的间距以获得低频双点声源、中频双点声源和高频双点声源。其中，低频双点声源间距最大，中频双点声源间距居中，高频双点声源间距最小。在低频段，由于扩大声源间距后听音增量大于漏音音量增量，可实现在低频段有较高的音量输出。同时，由于在低频段双点声源的漏音原本就很少，在扩大声源间距后，稍有上升的漏音仍可保持较低水平。在高频段，通过减小声源间距，克服了高频降漏音上限频率过低，降漏音频段过窄的问题。其在更高的频段有更强的降漏音能力的效果，可以满足开放双耳的需求。
在一些实施例中，声学驱动器3830可以只包括第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2，其中第一扬声器单元3830-1对应低频信号，第二扬声器单元3830-2对应高频信号。在一些实施例中，低频与高频的分频点可以在600Hz-1.2kHz之间。在一些实施例中，第一扬声器单元3830-1可以对应两个导声孔3842-1和3842-2；第二扬声器单元3830-2可以对应两个导声孔3842-3和3842-4。所述导声孔3842-1和3842-2之间的距离d l以及导声孔3842-3和3842-4之间的距离d h可以是任意值。仅作为示例，d l可以不大于40mm，例如，在20mm–40mm的范围内，d h可以不大于12mm，且d l大于第d h。优选地，d l可以不小于12mm，d h可以不大于7mm，例如，在3mm–7mm的范围内。更优选地，d l可以是30mm，d h可以是5mm。再例如，d l可以至少是d h的2倍以上。优选地，d l可以至少是d h的3倍以上。优选地，第d l可以至少是d h的5倍以上。在一些实施例中，d l/d h的范围可以为2-10；优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为2.5-9.5；更优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为3-9；更优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为3.5-8.5；更优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为4-8；更优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为4.5-7.5；更优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为5-7；更 优选地，d l/d h的范围可以为5.5-6.5；更优选地，d l/d h可以为6。
在一些实施例中，每组双点声源可以包括近耳点声源和远耳点声源。例如，当使用者佩戴开放双耳式耳机3800时，第一导声孔3842-1相对于第二导声孔3842-2距离耳孔更近，第三导声孔3842-3相对于第四导声孔3842-4距离耳孔更近，则第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3可以被称为近耳点声源，第二导声孔3842-2和第四导声孔3842-4可以被称为远耳点声源。在一些实施例中，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3之间的距离L可以不大于20mm；可选地，L可以不大于18mm；更优选地，L可以不大于16mm；更优选地，L可以不大于14mm；更优选地，L可以不大于12mm；更优选地，L可以不大于10mm；更优选地，L可以不大于9mm；更优选地，L可以不大于8mm；更优选地，L可以不大于7mm；更优选地，L可以不大于6mm；更优选地，L可以不大于5mm；更优选地，L可以不大于4mm；更优选地，L可以不大于3mm；更优选地，L可以不大于2mm；更优选地，L可以不大于1mm；更优选地，L可以等于0。当L可以等于0时，各组双点声源中的近耳点声源可以合并成一个导声孔，其可作为主导声孔将声音传播给使用者的耳孔。例如，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3可以合并成一个导声孔(如图41中的导声孔3842-5)。在一些实施例中，至少一个导声孔的至少一部分结构可朝向使用者的耳朵。这样，从该导声孔传出的声音能够向着使用者耳孔传播(如图41所示)。
在一些实施例中，导声孔的形状可以包括但不限于条形、圆形、椭圆形、方形、梯形、圆角四边形、三角形、不规则图形等中的一种或其任意组合。在一些实施例中，各个导声孔的形状可以相同或不同。例如，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3的形状可呈圆形，第二导声孔3842-2和第四导声孔3842-4的形状可呈椭圆形。又例如，第一导声孔3842-1的形状可呈条形，第二导声孔3842-2的形状可呈椭圆形，第三导声孔3842-3的形状可呈圆形，而第四导声孔3842-4的形状可呈三角形。再例如，第一导声孔3842-1、第二导声孔3842-2、第三导声孔3842-3以及第四导声孔3842-4的形状均可呈条形。
在一些实施例中，不同扬声器单元对应的导声孔孔径或大小可以相同或不同。在一些实施例中，各个导声孔的大小不同时可能会使得相应的听音和/或漏音的音量也不同。在一些实施例中，通过设置近远孔径比(即，近耳点导声孔的孔径大小与远耳点导声孔的孔径的大小的比值)，双点声源可获得更强的降漏音能力。在一些实施例中，双点声源对应的分频信号频段越高，其近远孔径比可以越小。也就是说，随着双点声源对应的分频信号频段变高，近耳点声源的孔径与远耳点声源的孔径可以逐渐趋于相同。例如，对应低频信号的双点声源，近耳点声源孔径可设置为大于远耳点声源孔径；对应高频信号的双点声源，近耳点声源孔径可设置为与远耳点声源孔径相同或相近。
在一些实施例中，对应于低频信号的双点声源，近远孔径比可以不小于1；可选地，近远孔径比可以不小于5；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不小于10；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不小于15；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不小于20；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不小于25；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不小于30；
在一些实施例中，对应于高频信号的双点声源，近远孔径比可以不大于10；优选地，近远孔径比可以不大于8；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不大于6；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不大于4；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不大于3；更优选地，近远孔径比可以不大于2；更优选地，近远孔径比可以等于1。
在一些实施例中，通过调节不同的导声孔的位置，可以使使用者获得的不同的听音效果。关于导声孔位置与听音位置的更多描述可以参见本说明书其他地方(如图28及其相关描述)。在一些实施例中，为了保证用户有较好的听音效果，当用户佩戴开放双耳式耳机3800时，每组双点声源的近耳点声源的中心点与用户耳孔4210的中心点之间的距离D n可以不大于10cm；优选地，距离D n可以不大于9cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于8cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于7cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于6cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于5cm；更优选 地，距离D n可以不大于4cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于3cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于2.5cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于2cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于1.5cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于1cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于0.5cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于0.4cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于0.3cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于0.2cm；更优选地，距离D n可以不大于0.1cm。
在一些实施例中，开放双耳式耳机4200可以包括一个低频扬声器单元和一个高频扬声器单元，低频扬声器单元对应的近耳导声孔可以与高频扬声器单元的对应的近耳导声孔合并成一个导声孔。例如，如图41所示，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3可以合并成导声孔3842-5。在一些实施例中，导声孔3842-5的一端可以设置在端面3812上，导声孔3842-5的另一端可以设置在端面3814上。这样设置可以使用户佩戴开放双耳式耳机3800时，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3(即，近耳点声源)朝向用户耳孔，使用户听到的声音(即，听音)音量更高。在一些实施例中，第二导声孔3842-2可以设置在端面3812上。第四导声孔3842-4可设置在端面3816上。在一些实施例中，第一导声孔3842-1、第二导声孔3842-2、第三导声孔3842-3和第四导声孔3842-4都可以设置在端面3812(或端面3816)上。在一些实施例中，第三导声孔3842-3可以设置在端面3812上和第四导声孔3842-4可以设置在端面3812的对立面。在一些实施例中，如图38所示，第一导声孔3842-1和第二导声孔3842-2可以设置在壳体3810的前端的任何部位(例如端面3812、端面3814或端面3816)，第三导声孔3842-3和第四导声孔3842-4可以设置在壳体3810的后端任何部位。在一些实施例中，第一导声孔3842-1和第三导声孔3842-3可以设置在壳体3810的前端，第二导声孔3842-2和第四导声孔3842-4可以设置在壳体3810的后端。在一些实施例中，当用户佩戴开放双耳式耳机4200时，导声孔3842-5的中心点与最近一侧的耳孔中心点的距离D可以不大于10cm；优选地，距离D可以不大于9cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于8cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于7cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于6cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于5cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于4cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于3cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于2.5cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于2cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于1.5cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于1cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于0.5cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于0.4cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于0.3cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于0.2cm；更优选地，距离D可以不大于0.1cm。
在一些实施例中，可以在双点声源之间设置挡板结构，在远场漏音音量不显著增加的情况下，显著提升近场听音位置的音量，从而提升用户的听音效果。关于双点声源中设置挡板来提升听音效果的更多内容可以参见本说明书其他地方(如图11至图34及其相关描述)。在一些实施例中，低频段的双点声源可以包括一个设置于近耳点的导声孔，与其对应的远耳点导声孔可以设置在壳体3810的后端。这样设置可以使用户佩戴开放双耳式耳机3800时，近耳点声源和远耳点声源之间相隔用户耳朵轮廓。此时，耳朵轮廓可以起到挡板的作用，显著提升近场听音位置的音量，从而提升用户的听音效果。
在一些实施例中，由于导声管内媒质的内摩擦力或粘滞力可以对声传播造成较大影响，因此导声管的管径不能过小，否则容易导致声音产生过多损失，减小输出音量。然而，当导声管管径过大时，若传递的声音大于某一频率，管内会产生高次波。因此为了使导声管在所要传递的声音范围内不产生高次波，而只存在沿管方向传播的平面波，可以合理设置导声管半径。在一些实施例中，导声管半径可以为0.5mm-10mm；优选地，导声管半径可以为0.5mm-9mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为0.7mm-8mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为0.9mm-7.5mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为1mm-7mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为1.5mm-6.5mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为2mm-6mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为2.5mm-5.5mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为3mm-5mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为3.5mm-4.5mm；更优选地，导声管半径可以为3.7mm-4.2mm。
在一些实施例中，导声管与管口(即，导声孔)辐射阻抗能够相互作用，使得特定频率的声音在管中形成驻波，从而导致输出的声音会在某些频率上形成峰/谷，影响声音输出效果。导声管长度越长，产生峰/谷的频率越低，峰/谷的数量越多。优选地，导声管长度不大于300mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于250mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于200mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于150mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于100mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于50mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于30mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于20mm；更优选地，导声管长度不大于10mm。在一些实施例中，可以在导声孔处设置阻抗匹配层以减小峰/谷的影响。
在一些实施例中，导声管的长径比(即，长度比直径)也会对其内部的声音产生影响，其具有低通滤波的效果，同时也具有阻尼的效果，最终会导致音量变小，高频音量较低频的削弱更大。为了保证声音衰减不至于过大而影响听音。优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于200；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于180；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于160；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于150；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于130；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于110；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于80；更优选地，导声管长径比可以不大于50；更优选地，导管长径比可以不大于30；更优选地，导管长径比可以不大于10。
在一些实施例中，各个导声管的参数(例如，长度、半径、长径比等)可以相同或不同。例如，第一导声管3840-1的长度可以为5mm，第二导声管3840-2的长度可以为30mm。又例如，第一导声管3840-1和第三导声管3840-3的长度可以均为5mm。
在一些实施例中，由于各点声源对应的分频信号的相位不同，听音及漏音的音量也可以不同，因此可以通过调节各点声源的相位来实现不同的输出效果。在一些实施例中，为了减小开放双耳式耳机3800的远场漏音，可以使得声学驱动器3830-1分别在第一导声孔3842-1和第二导声孔3842-2处产生幅值相等(或近似相等)、相位相反(或近似相反)的低频声音，以及使得声学驱动器3830-2分别在第三导声孔3842-3和第四导声孔3842-4处产生幅值相等(或近似相等)、相位相反(或近似相反)的高频声音。在一些实施例中，对应双点声源中的分频信号的频段越高，其相位差可以越大。例如,在通过设置两个扬声器单元构成的双点声源中，对于对应低频信号的双点声源，可以调节从两个点声源传出的低频信号的相位差等于或近似等于0°；对于对应高频信号的双点声源，可以调节从两个点声源传出的高频信号的相位差等于或近似等于180°。在一些实施例中，可以通过调节双点声源的相位，使双点声源到达近场听音位置(或耳孔中心点)处的相位差等于或近似等于0°，同时使双点声源到达远场处的相位差等于或近似等于180°。在一些实施例中，双点声源的相位差可以等于5°、10°、20°、50°、70°、90°、100°、120°、130°、150°、170°、175°、180°等，或其组合。
电路板3860可用于集成各种元器件，从而实现各种功能。例如，电路板上可以集成有分频处理单元，实现对音频信号的分频处理。再例如，电路板上可以集成有信号处理单元，来调节音频信号的相位、振幅等。蓝牙模块3870可用于使开放双耳式耳机3800与外部设备进行通信。例如，开放双耳式耳机3800与外部音响设备可以通过蓝牙模块3870进行通信。在一些实施例中，蓝牙模块3870可以集成在电路板3860上。电源模块3880可用于为开放双耳式耳机3800的各个部件提供电能。在一些实施例中，电源模块3880可以包括蓄电池、干电池、锂电池、丹聂耳电池、燃料电池等。开放双耳式耳机3800的电路板3860、蓝牙模块3870、电源模块3880等其他结构可参考现有技术中常规耳机的设置，此处不再赘述。
应当注意以上对开放双耳式耳机3800的描述旨在说明，而不是限制本申请的范围。许多替代、修改和变化对于本领域普通技术人员来说是显而易见的。本文描述的示例性实施例的特征、结构、方法和其他特征可以以各种方式组合以获得附加和/或替代示例性实施例。例如，开放双耳式耳机3800可以包括一个或以上附加组件。附加地或替代地，可以省略上述开放双耳式耳机3800的一个或以上组件。例如，可以在开放双耳式耳机3800中增加反馈麦克风。反馈麦克风可以用于降低残余噪声(例如，电路电流噪声)。又例如，隔板3850可以省略。再例如，壳体3810上 可以设置有一个或多个按键(例如，音量增加键、音量减小键、开关机键、蓝牙切换键等)。再例如，开放双耳式耳机3800可以通过蓝牙模块3870与用户终端连接。用户终端可以显示控制界面，用户可以通过控制界面发出控制指令，例如，增大/减小音量等，控制信号可以被蓝牙模块3870接收并进一步实现对耳机的控制。在一些实施例中，蓝牙模块3870可以省略。开放双耳式耳机3800可以通过数据线与外部设备进行通信。
图42A示出了根据本申请的一些实施例的第一扬声器单元3830-1的示例性频率响应4210和第二扬声器单元3830-2的示例性频率响应4220。图42B示出了根据本申请的一些实施例的第一扬声器单元3830-1的示例性频率响应4210和第二扬声器单元3830-2的另一示例性频率响应4230。第一扬声器单元3830-1可以被配置为处理音频信号以生成第一分频信号。第二带扬声器单元3830-2可以被配置为处理音频信号以生成第二分频信号。在分频信号中，第二分频信号可以与第一分频信号在频域中相邻。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应可以具有相同的频率带宽。例如，如图42A所示，第一扬声器单元3830-1的频率响应4210具有低半功率点f1，高半功率点f2和中心频率f3。如这里所使用的，某个频率响应的半功率点可以指具有特定功率抑制(例如，-3dB)的频率点。频率响应4210的频率带宽可以等于f2与f1之间的差。第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应4220具有低半功率点f2，高半功率点f4和中心频率f5。频率响应4220的频率带宽可以等于f4与f2之间的差。第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率带宽可以彼此相等。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应可以具有不同的频率带宽。例如，如图42B所示，第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应4230具有低半功率点f2，高半功率点f7(大于f4)和中心频率f6。第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应4230的频率带宽可以等于f7与f2之间的差，该差值可以大于第一扬声器单元3830-1的频率响应4210的频率带宽。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应可以在特定频率点相交。频率响应的相交点可以导致第一和第二频率响应之间出现一定的重叠范围。在理想情况下，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应之间可能没有重叠范围。然而，实际上，可能存在一定的重叠范围，这可能导致第一分频信号和第二分频信号之间出现干扰范围，并影响第一分频信号和第二分频信号的质量。例如，重叠范围越大，干扰范围可能越大，并且第一和第二分频信号的质量可能越低。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应相交的特定频率点可以接近第一扬声器单元3830-1的频率响应的半功率点和/或第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应的半功率点。以图42A为例，频率响应4210和频率响应4220在频率响应4210的高半功率点f2处相交，该相交点也是频率响应4220的低半功率点。如这里所使用的，如果频率点和半功率点之间的功率电平差不大于阈值(例如，2dB)，则可以认为频率点接近半功率点。在这种情况下，在第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应中可能存在较少的能量损失或重复，这可能导致第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应之间出现适当重叠范围。例如，当半功率点为-3dB，阈值为-2dB时，若频率响应在大于-5dB和/或小于-1dB的功率电平的频率点相交时，可以认为重叠范围相对较小。在一些实施例中，可以调整第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应的中心频率和/或带宽，来获得第一扬声器单元3830-1和第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应之间的更窄或适当的重叠范围，以避免第一和第二分频信号的频带之间的重叠。
图42A和42B中所示的应当注意示例旨在说明，而不是限制本申请的范围。对于本领域的普通技术人员，可以在本申请的教导下进行多次变化与修改。然而，这些变化和修改不会背离本申请的范围。例如，第一扬声器单元3830-1和/或第二扬声器单元3830-2的频率响应的一个或 以上参数(例如，频率带宽、高半功率点、低半功率点和/或中心频率)可以改变。
图43是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性开放双耳式耳机的示意图。如图43所示，开放双耳式耳机4300可以称为头箍式耳机。所述开放双耳式耳机4300可以与所述开放双耳式耳机3800具有类似的配置。例如，所述开放双耳式耳机4300可以包括壳体4310、麦克风、声学驱动器(如扬声器单元)、与声学驱动器对应的导声管、隔板、电路板、蓝牙模块以及电源模块等。在所述壳体4310上可以设置有与声学驱动器对应的第一导声孔4320-1、第二导声孔4320-2、第三导声孔4320-3以及第四导声孔4320-4。如图43所示，开放双耳式耳机4300的第一导声孔4320-1和第二导声孔4320-2对应低频扬声器单元；第三导声孔4320-3和第四导声孔4320-4对应高频扬声器单元。在一些实施例中，第一导声孔4320-1可以设置在端面4314上；第二导声孔4320-2可以设置在端面4312上，且位于壳体4310的顶部；第三导声孔4320-3和第四导声孔4320-4可以均设置在端面4312上，且位于壳体4310的左端和/或右端的中部。更多关于开放双耳式耳机4300的描述，可以结合开放双耳式耳机3800和/或开放双耳式耳机4200的描述，此处不再赘述。例如，当用户佩戴开放双耳式耳机4300时，第一导声孔4320-1的中心点与最近一侧的用户耳孔中心点之间的距离可以和开放双耳式耳机4200中导声孔3842-5的中心点与最近一侧的用户耳孔中心点之间的距离相同。再例如，开放双耳式耳机4300中第一导声孔4320-1、第二导声孔4320-2、第三导声孔4320-3以及第四导声孔4320-4的形状和大小可以分别与开放双耳式耳机3800中第一导声孔3842-1、第二导声孔3842-2、第三导声孔3842-3以及第四导声孔3842-4相同。
需要说明的是，本申请主要以耳挂式耳机为例对本申请所披露的开放双耳式耳机进行了解释，但不应限定本发明在其他开放双耳式耳机中的使用范围。本申请所披露的开放双耳式耳机中声学驱动器、导声管、导声孔的位置也仅为示例，而不是限制本申请的范围。许多替代、修改和变化对于本领域普通技术人员来说是显而易见的。本文描述的示例性实施例的特征，结构，方法和其他特征可以以各种方式组合以获得附加和/或替代示例性实施例。例如，开放双耳式耳机3800可以包括三个扬声器单元，三个扬声器单元分别对应低、中、高三个频段的语音信号(即，低、中、高频扬声器单元)。低频扬声器单元及与其对应的导声管和导声孔可以均位于壳体前端，中频扬声器单元及与其对应的导声管和导声孔可以均位于壳体中部，高频扬声器单元及与其对应的导声管和导声孔可以均位于壳体后端。又例如，低、中、高频扬声器单元可以设置在壳体后端，而通过与其分别对应的导声管使各个导声孔均位于壳体的前端。再例如，开放双耳式耳机4300中的高频/低频扬声器单元可以对应四个导声管及导声孔。所述四个导声孔可以两两分别设置在壳体4310左右两侧作为用户左右耳的低频双点声源。
本申请实施例可能带来的有益效果包括但不限于：(1)实现耳机与耳孔的开放式耦合，避免了使用者长期佩戴耳机而造成的耳朵听力下降、存在安全隐患等问题；(2)通过设置高频双点声源和低频双点声源实现不同频段下的声音输出，具有更好的声音输出效果；(3)通过设置不同间距的双点声源，使得开放双耳式耳机在更高的频段有更强的降漏音能力的效果。需要说明的是，不同实施例可能产生的有益效果不同，在不同的实施例里，可能产生的有益效果可以是以上任意一种或几种的组合，也可以是其他任何可能获得的有益效果。
上文已对基本概念做了描述，显然，对于本领域技术人员来说，上述发明披露仅仅作为示例，而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明，本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议，所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。
同时，本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此，应强调并注意的是，本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外，本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特 征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。
此外，本领域技术人员可以理解，本申请的各方面可以通过若干具有可专利性的种类或情况进行说明和描述，包括任何新的和有用的工序、机器、产品或物质的组合或对他们的任何新的和有用的改进。相应地，本申请的各个方面可以完全由硬件执行、可以完全由软件(包括固件、常驻软件、微码等)执行、也可以由硬件和软件组合执行。以上硬件或软件均可被称为“数据块”、“模块”、“引擎”、“单元”、“组件”或“系统”。此外，本申请的各方面可能表现为位于一个或多个计算机可读介质中的计算机产品，该产品包括计算机可读程序编码。
此外，除非权利要求中明确说明，本申请处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用或其他名称的使用，并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例，但应当理解的是，该类细节仅起到说明的目的，附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例，相反，权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如，虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现，但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现，如在现有的服务器或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。

Claims (12)

  1. 一种开放双耳式耳机，包括壳体，其特征在于，所述壳体放置在用户的头部或耳部但不堵塞用户的耳道，所述壳体内设置有至少一个低频扬声器单元和至少一个高频扬声器单元；
    所述至少一个低频扬声器单元通过至少两个第一导声管从至少两个第一导声孔输出对应第一频率范围内的声音；
    所述至少一个高频扬声器单元通过至少两个第二导声管从至少两个第二导声孔输出对应第二频率范围内的声音，其中，所述第二频率范围中包括高于所述第一频率范围的频率。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一频率范围包括低于650Hz的频率，所述第二频率范围包括高于1000Hz的频率。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一频率范围和所述第二频率范围存在交叠。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述两个第一导声孔之间具有第一间距，所述两个第二导声孔之间具有第二间距，且所述第一间距大于所述第二间距。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一间距不大于40mm，所述第二间距不大于7mm。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一间距为30mm，所述第二间距为5mm。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，当使用者佩戴所述开放双耳式耳机时，在所述至少两个第一导声孔或所述至少两个第二导声孔中，距离所述使用者耳孔较近的所述第一导声孔或所述第二导声孔的中心点与所述使用者的耳孔的中心点之间的距离不大于10cm。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的半径在1.75mm-5mm范围内。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的长度不大于100mm。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，所述第一导声管或第二导声管的长度与直径的比值不大于200。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，从所述至少两个第一导声孔中输出的声音具有相同的相位。
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的开放双耳式耳机，其特征在于，从所述至少两个第二导声孔中输出的声音具有相反的相位。
PCT/CN2020/070539 2014-01-06 2020-01-06 一种开放双耳式耳机 WO2020220733A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/320,253 US11689837B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2021-05-14 Earphone without covering an ear canal
US18/337,424 US20230336902A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2023-06-19 Earphone without covering an ear canal
US18/357,092 US20230362557A1 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-07-21 Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US18/361,807 US20230370791A1 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-07-28 Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910364346.2 2019-04-30
CN201910364346 2019-04-30
CN201910888762.2 2019-09-19
CN201910888067.6 2019-09-19
CN201910888067 2019-09-19
CN201910888762 2019-09-19

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/320,253 Continuation US11689837B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2021-05-14 Earphone without covering an ear canal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020220733A1 true WO2020220733A1 (zh) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=73028591

Family Applications (19)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130921 WO2020220722A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130944 WO2020220724A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130942 WO2020220723A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130880 WO2020220719A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130886 WO2020220721A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130884 WO2020220720A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2020/070551 WO2020220738A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置及其按键
PCT/CN2020/070539 WO2020220733A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2020-01-06 一种开放双耳式耳机
PCT/CN2020/070545 WO2020220736A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置及其组件
PCT/CN2020/070550 WO2020220737A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种麦克风降噪系统及使用该系统的智能眼镜
PCT/CN2020/070540 WO2020220734A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种音频眼镜
PCT/CN2020/070542 WO2020220735A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2020/083631 WO2020220947A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-08 Acoustic output apparatus and method thereof
PCT/CN2020/084161 WO2020220970A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-10 Acoustic output apparatus and methods thereof
PCT/CN2020/087034 WO2020221169A1 (en) 2014-01-06 2020-04-26 Acoustic device
PCT/CN2020/087002 WO2020221163A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-26 Acoustic output apparatus and method thereof
PCT/CN2020/087526 WO2020221254A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-28 Acoustic output apparatus
PCT/CN2020/088482 WO2020221359A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-30 Open earphone
PCT/CN2020/088190 WO2020221337A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-04-30 一种声学输出装置和降噪传声装置

Family Applications Before (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130921 WO2020220722A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130944 WO2020220724A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130942 WO2020220723A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130880 WO2020220719A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130886 WO2020220721A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2019/130884 WO2020220720A1 (zh) 2014-01-06 2019-12-31 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2020/070551 WO2020220738A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置及其按键

Family Applications After (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/070545 WO2020220736A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置及其组件
PCT/CN2020/070550 WO2020220737A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种麦克风降噪系统及使用该系统的智能眼镜
PCT/CN2020/070540 WO2020220734A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种音频眼镜
PCT/CN2020/070542 WO2020220735A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-01-06 一种声学输出装置
PCT/CN2020/083631 WO2020220947A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-08 Acoustic output apparatus and method thereof
PCT/CN2020/084161 WO2020220970A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-10 Acoustic output apparatus and methods thereof
PCT/CN2020/087034 WO2020221169A1 (en) 2014-01-06 2020-04-26 Acoustic device
PCT/CN2020/087002 WO2020221163A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-26 Acoustic output apparatus and method thereof
PCT/CN2020/087526 WO2020221254A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-28 Acoustic output apparatus
PCT/CN2020/088482 WO2020221359A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2020-04-30 Open earphone
PCT/CN2020/088190 WO2020221337A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-04-30 一种声学输出装置和降噪传声装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (46) US11425481B2 (zh)
EP (3) EP3952336A4 (zh)
JP (4) JP7524219B2 (zh)
KR (3) KR102533570B1 (zh)
BR (3) BR112021021746A2 (zh)
WO (19) WO2020220722A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112738680A (zh) * 2020-12-24 2021-04-30 王鑫洪 一种挂耳式个人音响设备
CN114554340A (zh) * 2022-01-07 2022-05-27 深圳市丰景晟电子科技有限公司 一种具有新型气导传感结构的开放式耳机
RU2807021C1 (ru) * 2021-04-25 2023-11-08 Шэньчжэнь Шокз Ко., Лтд. Наушники

Families Citing this family (60)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11716575B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2023-08-01 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker and compound vibration device thereof
US11641551B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2023-05-02 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker and compound vibration device thereof
US11595760B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2023-02-28 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Bone conduction speaker and compound vibration device thereof
US11589171B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-02-21 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US11706574B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-07-18 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US11832060B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-11-28 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US11622209B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-04-04 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
US11627419B2 (en) 2014-01-06 2023-04-11 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
GB2536650A (en) 2015-03-24 2016-09-28 Augmedics Ltd Method and system for combining video-based and optic-based augmented reality in a near eye display
US10757501B2 (en) 2018-05-01 2020-08-25 Facebook Technologies, Llc Hybrid audio system for eyewear devices
WO2019211741A1 (en) 2018-05-02 2019-11-07 Augmedics Ltd. Registration of a fiducial marker for an augmented reality system
WO2020021877A1 (ja) * 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 ソニー株式会社 音響出力装置
US11766296B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2023-09-26 Augmedics Ltd. Tracking system for image-guided surgery
CN109547906B (zh) 2019-01-05 2023-12-08 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
WO2020220722A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种声学输出装置
US11980506B2 (en) 2019-07-29 2024-05-14 Augmedics Ltd. Fiducial marker
US20210152907A1 (en) * 2019-08-09 2021-05-20 Sds Asia Limited, Bvi #1748971 Speaker apparatus
US20210105556A1 (en) * 2019-10-08 2021-04-08 Soniphi Llc Systems & Methods For Expanding Sensation Using Isobaric Chambers
US11382712B2 (en) 2019-12-22 2022-07-12 Augmedics Ltd. Mirroring in image guided surgery
KR20210089292A (ko) 2020-01-07 2021-07-16 삼성전자주식회사 음성 인식 시스템 및 이를 이용한 디스플레이 장치
DE102020201533A1 (de) * 2020-02-07 2021-08-12 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Vorrichtung zur schallwandlung mit einem akustischen filter
US11304006B2 (en) * 2020-03-27 2022-04-12 Bose Corporation Systems and methods for broadcasting audio
US20230175883A1 (en) * 2020-04-29 2023-06-08 Aeromon Oy Method for measuring noise and apparatus for noise measurement
US11686947B2 (en) * 2020-05-27 2023-06-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Structural fiber component for injection molding in head mounted displays
US11494160B1 (en) * 2020-06-30 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for manipulating audio properties of objects
CA198230S (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-02-02 Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd Hearing aid
CN112135216A (zh) * 2020-10-16 2020-12-25 深圳市喜来喜科技有限公司 一种可适配不同头型的蓝牙耳机
JP2023542151A (ja) * 2020-11-26 2023-10-05 シェンツェン・ショックス・カンパニー・リミテッド ウェアラブル装置
CN114545655A (zh) * 2020-11-26 2022-05-27 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 可穿戴设备及其佩戴件
WO2022170604A1 (zh) * 2021-02-10 2022-08-18 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种听力辅助装置
CN116918350A (zh) * 2021-04-25 2023-10-20 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 声学装置
JP2024511098A (ja) * 2021-04-27 2024-03-12 シェンチェン ショックス カンパニー リミテッド 音響入出力装置
US11841554B2 (en) * 2021-04-29 2023-12-12 Brandon Gaynor Eyewear interface assembly
US11896445B2 (en) 2021-07-07 2024-02-13 Augmedics Ltd. Iliac pin and adapter
WO2023022863A1 (en) * 2021-08-19 2023-02-23 Apple Inc. Flexible speakers
JP2024531576A (ja) 2021-09-10 2024-08-29 ミルウォーキー エレクトリック ツール コーポレイション バッテリパック
US11678103B2 (en) * 2021-09-14 2023-06-13 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Audio system with tissue transducer driven by air conduction transducer
USD1022018S1 (en) * 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Glasses with headphones
USD1022016S1 (en) * 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Glasses with headphones
USD1022019S1 (en) * 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Glasses with headphones
USD1022017S1 (en) * 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Glasses with headphones
USD1022023S1 (en) 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Endpieces of glasses with headphones
USD1022011S1 (en) 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. V-shaped part of glasses with headphones
USD1022020S1 (en) * 2021-09-15 2024-04-09 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. Glasses with headphones
KR20240074817A (ko) * 2021-11-09 2024-05-28 니폰 덴신 덴와 가부시끼가이샤 음향 신호 출력 장치
WO2023084574A1 (ja) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
EP4210350A4 (en) * 2021-11-19 2023-12-13 Shenzhen Shokz Co., Ltd. OPEN ACOUSTIC DEVICE
CN114157954B (zh) * 2021-11-29 2023-10-17 昆山海菲曼科技集团股份有限公司 一种平板低音增强耳机
CN114401476B (zh) * 2022-01-24 2024-09-17 高创(苏州)电子有限公司 一种分频式扬声器及其控制方法、电子设备
WO2023188345A1 (ja) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
WO2024004089A1 (ja) * 2022-06-29 2024-01-04 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
WO2024057210A1 (en) 2022-09-13 2024-03-21 Augmedics Ltd. Augmented reality eyewear for image-guided medical intervention
CN220067647U (zh) 2022-10-28 2023-11-21 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN116939418A (zh) 2022-10-28 2023-10-24 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
WO2024100816A1 (ja) * 2022-11-10 2024-05-16 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
WO2024100817A1 (ja) * 2022-11-10 2024-05-16 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
WO2024100815A1 (ja) * 2022-11-10 2024-05-16 日本電信電話株式会社 音響信号出力装置
JP7546707B2 (ja) * 2023-02-03 2024-09-06 任天堂株式会社 情報処理プログラム、情報処理方法、情報処理システム、および、情報処理装置
USD1034516S1 (en) * 2023-03-03 2024-07-09 Xiamen Mairdi Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headphones
USD1034520S1 (en) * 2023-03-03 2024-07-09 Xiamen Mairdi Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headphones

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106303779A (zh) * 2015-06-03 2017-01-04 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 耳机
CN206865707U (zh) * 2017-06-20 2018-01-09 李阳君 一种新型的耳机导音结构
CN108370465A (zh) * 2015-12-14 2018-08-03 哈曼贝克自动系统股份有限公司 耳机布置
CN108702561A (zh) * 2016-01-12 2018-10-23 伯斯有限公司 耳机
CN108886645A (zh) * 2016-03-29 2018-11-23 索尼公司 声音再现装置

Family Cites Families (221)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2327320A (en) 1941-11-12 1943-08-17 Sonotone Corp Amplifying hearing aid
US5327506A (en) 1990-04-05 1994-07-05 Stites Iii George M Voice transmission system and method for high ambient noise conditions
US5450061A (en) 1994-04-08 1995-09-12 Detection Systems, Inc. Glass break detection using temporal sequence of selected frequency characteristics
US5572594A (en) 1994-09-27 1996-11-05 Devoe; Lambert Ear canal device holder
US5775855A (en) 1995-06-08 1998-07-07 Valenite Inc. Cutting insert and cutter for milling
JP3153113B2 (ja) 1995-09-28 2001-04-03 富士通テン株式会社 ヘッドホン装置
DE19616870A1 (de) 1996-04-26 1997-10-30 Sennheiser Electronic Am Körper eines Benutzers lagerbare Schallwiedergabevorrichtung
NL1011538C2 (nl) 1999-03-11 2000-09-12 Stertil Bv Voertuighefinrichting.
CN1121809C (zh) * 1999-04-09 2003-09-17 张凡 扬声器
EP1045544A1 (fr) 1999-04-13 2000-10-18 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Réduction des clics pour signaux vocaux codés MICDA (ADPCM)
EP1145592A3 (en) 1999-12-02 2002-07-03 Tokin Corporation Vibration actuator having an elastic member between a suspension plate and a magnetic circuit device
KR100371496B1 (ko) * 2000-02-26 2003-02-11 엠엠기어 주식회사 다채널헤드폰
KR100344091B1 (ko) 2000-04-18 2002-07-24 주식회사 도우미텍 골도 진동자 및 이것을 이용한 골도 스피커 헤드셋
KR100335171B1 (en) 2000-09-25 2002-05-11 Mm Gear Multi-channel headphone system
US20020164041A1 (en) 2001-03-27 2002-11-07 Sensimetrics Corporation Directional receiver for hearing aids
KR20040011859A (ko) * 2002-07-31 2004-02-11 주식회사 디유전자 알파벳 유자 모양의 어깨 착용형 진동 우퍼 스피커
KR100390003B1 (en) 2002-10-02 2003-07-04 Joo Bae Kim Bone-conduction speaker using vibration plate and mobile telephone using the same
US20040105568A1 (en) * 2002-12-03 2004-06-03 Po-Hsiung Lee Speaker with enhanced magnetic flux
JP2004274593A (ja) 2003-03-11 2004-09-30 Temuko Japan:Kk 骨伝導スピーカ
WO2004095878A2 (en) 2003-04-23 2004-11-04 Rh Lyon Corp Method and apparatus for sound transduction with minimal interference from background noise and minimal local acoustic radiation
JP4079827B2 (ja) 2003-05-14 2008-04-23 富士通テン株式会社 スピーカ装置
CA2432832A1 (en) 2003-06-16 2004-12-16 James G. Hildebrandt Headphones for 3d sound
US7327850B2 (en) 2003-07-15 2008-02-05 Bose Corporation Supplying electrical power
US7019605B2 (en) * 2003-10-30 2006-03-28 Larson Iii John D Stacked bulk acoustic resonator band-pass filter with controllable pass bandwidth
US7570777B1 (en) * 2004-01-13 2009-08-04 Step Labs, Inc. Earset assembly
AU2005214622A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Temco Japan Co., Ltd. Bone-conduction handset
JP2006157464A (ja) * 2004-11-29 2006-06-15 Kyocera Corp 音響装置
US20060252978A1 (en) * 2005-05-09 2006-11-09 Vesely Michael A Biofeedback eyewear system
JP4631070B2 (ja) 2005-05-23 2011-02-16 並木精密宝石株式会社 骨伝導スピーカ
JP2006352367A (ja) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Sony Corp 音響装置
US8457324B2 (en) * 2005-08-16 2013-06-04 Honeywell International Inc. Directional speaker system
US7945297B2 (en) * 2005-09-30 2011-05-17 Atmel Corporation Headsets and headset power management
US7890377B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2011-02-15 Phonak Ag Method for producing an order and ordering apparatus
FR2892886B1 (fr) * 2005-11-03 2008-01-25 Bernard Richoux Transducteur electrodynamique, applications aux haut-parleurs et geophones
US8111854B2 (en) 2006-11-29 2012-02-07 Yan-Ru Peng Methods and apparatus for sound production
GB2434708B (en) * 2006-01-26 2008-02-27 Sonaptic Ltd Ambient noise reduction arrangements
US7957541B2 (en) * 2006-01-27 2011-06-07 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Acoustic compliance adjuster
CN101022678A (zh) * 2006-02-13 2007-08-22 致胜科技股份有限公司 骨传导多声道装置
JP2007251358A (ja) 2006-03-14 2007-09-27 Nec Tokin Corp 骨伝導スピーカ
JP5315506B2 (ja) 2006-03-22 2013-10-16 ボーン・トーン・コミュニケイションズ・リミテッド 骨伝導音伝播のための方法及びシステム
US20070223735A1 (en) 2006-03-27 2007-09-27 Knowles Electronics, Llc Electroacoustic Transducer System and Manufacturing Method Thereof
US8170249B2 (en) * 2006-06-19 2012-05-01 Sonion Nederland B.V. Hearing aid having two receivers each amplifying a different frequency range
CN101098353A (zh) * 2006-06-27 2008-01-02 明基电通股份有限公司 能与移动通讯装置通讯的耳机装置
US7933427B2 (en) * 2006-06-27 2011-04-26 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Method and system for equal acoustics porting
US7916888B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2011-03-29 Bose Corporation In-ear headphones
KR101135396B1 (ko) 2006-07-03 2012-04-17 아이필유(주) 다기능 초소형 스피커
WO2008011719A1 (en) * 2006-07-28 2008-01-31 Hildebrandt James G Headphone improvements
CN101513081A (zh) 2006-09-07 2009-08-19 株式会社坦姆科日本 骨传导扬声器
US7925307B2 (en) * 2006-10-31 2011-04-12 Palm, Inc. Audio output using multiple speakers
US8175316B2 (en) * 2006-12-05 2012-05-08 Sony Corporation Ear speaker device
US9118990B2 (en) * 2007-01-06 2015-08-25 Apple Inc. Connectors designed for ease of use
KR20080103334A (ko) * 2007-05-23 2008-11-27 (주) 지비테크 휴대용 오디오기기의 리모콘 및 이침 다이어트 이어폰
US8391534B2 (en) 2008-07-23 2013-03-05 Asius Technologies, Llc Inflatable ear device
WO2009075834A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-18 Klipsch, Llc In-ear headphones
US8270637B2 (en) 2008-02-15 2012-09-18 Sonitus Medical, Inc. Headset systems and methods
KR20090091378A (ko) 2008-02-25 2009-08-28 정상일 골전도 마이크로폰
US8660289B2 (en) * 2008-02-29 2014-02-25 Apple Inc. Multiple receiver venting system
JP2009260524A (ja) 2008-04-15 2009-11-05 Sony Corp スピーカー装置
JP4355359B1 (ja) * 2008-05-27 2009-10-28 パナソニック株式会社 マイクを外耳道開口部に設置する耳掛型補聴器
GB0813115D0 (en) * 2008-07-17 2008-08-27 Strong Pacific Hong Kong Ltd Earphone
CN101729955B (zh) 2008-10-15 2014-03-26 诸爱道 安全耳塞机
US8682021B2 (en) * 2009-02-09 2014-03-25 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Speaker unit and portable information terminal
KR101039813B1 (ko) 2009-03-30 2011-06-13 주식회사 보니아코퍼레이션 골전도와 공기전도 기능을 갖는 듀얼 이어폰
CN201426167Y (zh) * 2009-04-17 2010-03-17 富祐鸿科技股份有限公司 具导音管的开放式结构耳机
CN201774654U (zh) 2010-07-16 2011-03-23 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 基于手机上四段式连接的线控耳机电路
US9198561B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2015-12-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Articulation section with locking
US9185491B2 (en) * 2011-04-12 2015-11-10 Harman International Industries, Incorporated Reinforced diaphragm for a low profile loudspeaker transducer with two sets of inner and outer magnets
US8934647B2 (en) * 2011-04-14 2015-01-13 Bose Corporation Orientation-responsive acoustic driver selection
JP2012249097A (ja) * 2011-05-27 2012-12-13 Kyocera Corp 音声出力装置
US8256566B1 (en) * 2011-08-19 2012-09-04 Rogersound Labs, LLC Speaker enclosure
US9020168B2 (en) * 2011-08-30 2015-04-28 Nokia Corporation Apparatus and method for audio delivery with different sound conduction transducers
CN202307119U (zh) 2011-09-05 2012-07-04 歌尔声学股份有限公司 一种多麦克风阵列噪声消除装置及系统
JP5667018B2 (ja) 2011-09-06 2015-02-12 Kddi株式会社 携帯電話端末、携帯電話端末の音声伝達方法、携帯電話端末の音声伝達プログラム
JP4953490B1 (ja) 2011-09-12 2012-06-13 音茶楽株式会社 ツィンドライバーイヤホン
US9350832B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-05-24 Kyocera Corporation Mobile electronic device
US20130108068A1 (en) 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 Research In Motion Limited Headset with two-way multiplexed communication
CN104011788B (zh) 2011-10-28 2016-11-16 奇跃公司 用于增强和虚拟现实的系统和方法
JP5926950B2 (ja) 2011-12-22 2016-05-25 京セラ株式会社 電子機器
CN102497612B (zh) 2011-12-23 2013-05-29 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器及其复合振动装置
CN108873372B (zh) * 2018-08-24 2024-06-14 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种铰链及眼镜
WO2020051786A1 (en) 2018-09-12 2020-03-19 Shenzhen Voxtech Co., Ltd. Signal processing device having multiple acoustic-electric transducers
WO2017024595A1 (zh) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器
CN202435598U (zh) 2011-12-23 2012-09-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器及其复合振动装置
US20130169513A1 (en) * 2012-01-04 2013-07-04 Google Inc. Wearable computing device
WO2013111298A1 (ja) * 2012-01-26 2013-08-01 パイオニア株式会社 ヘッドホン
CN102647646B (zh) 2012-04-06 2016-03-30 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 手镯式蓝牙耳机以及手镯式蓝牙耳机电路
JP5812925B2 (ja) 2012-04-12 2015-11-17 京セラ株式会社 電子機器
CN102780938B (zh) 2012-06-06 2015-04-15 歌尔声学股份有限公司 蓝牙耳机电路板
CN202679440U (zh) 2012-06-08 2013-01-16 瑞声光电科技(常州)有限公司 带骨传导功能的通信装置
CN202710871U (zh) 2012-06-28 2013-01-30 黄明传 具有接口传输处理功能的眼镜
CN102760938B (zh) 2012-07-20 2013-08-07 深圳市龙侨华实业有限公司 一种增强型全向天线振子
JP6006598B2 (ja) 2012-09-27 2016-10-12 京セラ株式会社 電子機器
EP2765786A1 (en) 2013-02-06 2014-08-13 Nagravision S.A. Method to enhance a video content in a receiving device
CN103108268B (zh) 2013-02-07 2016-08-24 歌尔声学股份有限公司 扬声器模组及其使用该扬声器模组的电子装置
TWI535302B (zh) * 2013-02-08 2016-05-21 Jian-Quan Pan Multi-channel headphones
US20140253867A1 (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-11 Tao Jiang Pair of Projector Glasses
CN103179483B (zh) * 2013-03-12 2016-06-08 中名(东莞)电子有限公司 具有多动态驱动单元的入耳式耳机
CN103209377B (zh) 2013-03-19 2016-02-17 歌尔声学股份有限公司 多功能扬声器
CN203233520U (zh) * 2013-03-27 2013-10-09 特通科技有限公司 具接近感测模组的头戴式耳机
CN103167390B (zh) 2013-04-09 2017-04-19 苏州逸巛声学科技有限公司 具有气导作用的骨传导受话器
US9118996B1 (en) * 2013-05-01 2015-08-25 Miguel A. Garcia Head band with wirelessly engaged music player
US9992568B2 (en) * 2013-05-02 2018-06-05 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for audio playback
US8757317B1 (en) * 2013-05-03 2014-06-24 Longinesteno Technology Complex Corporation Barrel-shaped multidirectional loudspeaker enclosure structure
CN103260117A (zh) 2013-05-08 2013-08-21 歌尔声学股份有限公司 一种低音扬声器及其应用该低音扬声器的电子装置
CN203301726U (zh) 2013-05-08 2013-11-20 歌尔声学股份有限公司 一种低音扬声器及其应用该低音扬声器的电子装置
JP6359807B2 (ja) * 2013-06-12 2018-07-18 京セラ株式会社 音響再生機器
EP2819429B1 (en) * 2013-06-28 2016-06-22 GN Netcom A/S A headset having a microphone
US9571941B2 (en) * 2013-08-19 2017-02-14 Knowles Electronics, Llc Dynamic driver in hearing instrument
GR1008382B (el) * 2013-12-13 2014-12-19 Βασιλειος Γεωργιου Τσακιρης Ηχεια ισορροπημενης κατευθυντικοτητας
CN106303861B (zh) 2014-01-06 2018-06-12 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种能够抑制漏音的骨传导扬声器
US9380374B2 (en) 2014-01-17 2016-06-28 Okappi, Inc. Hearing assistance systems configured to detect and provide protection to the user from harmful conditions
US8891800B1 (en) 2014-02-21 2014-11-18 Jonathan Everett Shaffer Earbud charging case for mobile device
CN104883635B (zh) * 2014-02-28 2019-08-16 宁波升亚电子有限公司 一种近头式扬声器装置及其应用
US9762199B2 (en) * 2014-03-31 2017-09-12 Bitwave Pte Ltd. Facilitation of headphone audio enhancement
EP3152919B1 (en) * 2014-06-03 2020-02-19 Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation Passive and active virtual height filter systems for upward firing drivers
US20150381333A1 (en) * 2014-06-26 2015-12-31 Harris Corporation Novel approach for enabling mixed mode behavior using microphone placement on radio terminal hardware
US9578412B2 (en) * 2014-06-27 2017-02-21 Apple Inc. Mass loaded earbud with vent chamber
JP6431973B2 (ja) 2014-07-18 2018-11-28 ボーズ・コーポレーションＢｏｓｅ Ｃｏｒｐｏｒａｔｉｏｎ 音響装置
JP6645437B2 (ja) * 2014-10-20 2020-02-14 ソニー株式会社 音響再生装置
WO2016063462A1 (ja) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 ソニー株式会社 イヤホン
JP5759641B1 (ja) * 2014-10-24 2015-08-05 太陽誘電株式会社 電気音響変換装置及び電子機器
CN104540076B (zh) 2014-11-20 2018-09-07 歌尔股份有限公司 扬声器模组
KR102362727B1 (ko) * 2014-12-18 2022-02-15 엘지이노텍 주식회사 맥박 측정 장치 및 이를 이용한 컴퓨팅 장치
CN107005759A (zh) * 2014-12-24 2017-08-01 株式会社坦姆科日本 骨传导耳机
CN104581483A (zh) * 2014-12-24 2015-04-29 青岛歌尔声学科技有限公司 一种开放式耳机
TWM500412U (zh) * 2015-01-14 2015-05-01 Jetvox Acoustic Corp 具有導音管之耳機結構
CN204377095U (zh) * 2015-01-22 2015-06-03 邹士磊 偶极高辐射抗型耳机
US9648412B2 (en) 2015-02-06 2017-05-09 Skullcandy, Inc. Speakers and headphones related to vibrations in an audio system, and methods for operating same
CN104863635B (zh) 2015-04-21 2017-04-05 西南石油大学 一种隧道沉降的自动监测报警装置及其使用方法
CN204810512U (zh) * 2015-06-01 2015-11-25 深圳市贝多福科技有限公司 具有独立音腔的导音结构
CN104869515A (zh) * 2015-06-08 2015-08-26 西安康弘新材料科技有限公司 动圈扬声器配合压电扬声器高保真音箱
US9613615B2 (en) * 2015-06-22 2017-04-04 Sony Corporation Noise cancellation system, headset and electronic device
US10375479B2 (en) 2015-08-04 2019-08-06 Curtis E. Graber Electric motor
CN204859471U (zh) 2015-08-24 2015-12-09 嘉善豪声电子有限公司 使用fpc引线的手机扬声器腔体及包括该腔体的扬声器
CN204948328U (zh) * 2015-08-26 2016-01-06 成都优逸工业设计有限公司 三单元动铁耳机分频电路
CN204948329U (zh) * 2015-08-26 2016-01-06 成都优逸工业设计有限公司 四单元动铁耳机分频电路
CN205081951U (zh) 2015-09-01 2016-03-09 深圳市冠旭电子有限公司 一种线控耳机电路及线控耳机
CN204948313U (zh) * 2015-09-06 2016-01-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导无线耳机
CN105208480B (zh) 2015-09-24 2019-07-02 厦门宇特信息技术有限公司 滑动导电式头戴耳机
CN106792304A (zh) * 2015-11-21 2017-05-31 王永明 一种多驱动器入耳式耳机
CN205336486U (zh) * 2015-12-15 2016-06-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导无线耳机
EP3185589B1 (en) 2015-12-22 2024-02-07 Oticon A/s A hearing device comprising a microphone control system
US20170195795A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Cyber Group USA Inc. Intelligent 3d earphone
US9794676B2 (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-10-17 Bose Corporation Headphone
US9905244B2 (en) 2016-02-02 2018-02-27 Ebay Inc. Personalized, real-time audio processing
US10391935B2 (en) 2016-02-10 2019-08-27 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Vehicle approach notification device
DE102016103477A1 (de) * 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 USound GmbH Audiosystem mit strahlformenden Lautsprechern sowie Brille mit einem derartigen Audiosystem
TWM524028U (zh) 2016-03-25 2016-06-11 Jetvox Acoustic Corp 具有集流管之耳機裝置
CN107231585A (zh) * 2016-03-25 2017-10-03 富祐鸿科技股份有限公司 耳机结构
JP6783541B2 (ja) * 2016-03-30 2020-11-11 株式会社バンダイナムコエンターテインメント プログラム及び仮想現実体験提供装置
CN205510154U (zh) * 2016-04-13 2016-08-24 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 一种移动终端
US10277971B2 (en) * 2016-04-28 2019-04-30 Roxilla Llc Malleable earpiece for electronic devices
CN205754812U (zh) * 2016-05-12 2016-11-30 深圳市盛佳丽电子有限公司 一种动铁耳机的分频电路
US10129647B2 (en) * 2016-05-25 2018-11-13 Lg Electronics Inc. Wireless sound equipment
KR101812227B1 (ko) * 2016-05-26 2017-12-27 (주)인시그널 동작 인식 기반의 스마트 글래스 장치
US9838787B1 (en) * 2016-06-06 2017-12-05 Bose Corporation Acoustic device
US9949030B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2018-04-17 Bose Corporation Acoustic device
CN106231462A (zh) * 2016-08-08 2016-12-14 珠海声浪科技有限公司 一种耳机
KR101830246B1 (ko) * 2016-08-09 2018-03-29 주식회사 이엠텍 넥밴드형 무선 음향 변환 장치
US10757503B2 (en) * 2016-09-01 2020-08-25 Audeze, Llc Active noise control with planar transducers
US10075783B2 (en) * 2016-09-23 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Acoustically summed reference microphone for active noise control
CN106375915B (zh) 2016-10-31 2024-04-16 深圳市冠旭电子股份有限公司 一种扬声器及耳机
CN106324849B (zh) 2016-11-07 2018-11-27 东莞市松研智达工业设计有限公司 3d智能眼镜
CN206193360U (zh) * 2016-11-17 2017-05-24 厦门轻居科技有限公司 一种头戴式vr设备
CN106341752A (zh) * 2016-11-24 2017-01-18 深圳市雷森贝尔听力技术有限公司 一种仿生全开放式耳甲增益导声装置及其使用方法
TWI683580B (zh) * 2016-12-09 2020-01-21 美律實業股份有限公司 耳機
US10397681B2 (en) 2016-12-11 2019-08-27 Base Corporation Acoustic transducer
GB2558284B (en) 2016-12-23 2021-12-08 Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc Virtual reality
CN107071607A (zh) * 2017-01-19 2017-08-18 诸爱道 防辐射的蓝牙耳机
US10555106B1 (en) 2017-01-27 2020-02-04 Facebook Technologies, Llc Gaze-directed audio enhancement
KR102671346B1 (ko) * 2017-02-08 2024-06-03 삼성전자 주식회사 전자 장치
CN206640738U (zh) * 2017-02-14 2017-11-14 歌尔股份有限公司 降噪耳机以及电子设备
TWM564298U (zh) 2017-03-03 2018-07-21 樂軒 許 一種可穿戴式立體聲設備
CN206575566U (zh) * 2017-03-06 2017-10-20 深圳市冠旭电子股份有限公司 一种入耳式耳机
AU2018243565B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2023-03-16 Magic Leap, Inc. Non-blocking dual driver earphones
WO2018187663A1 (en) * 2017-04-07 2018-10-11 Correlated Magnetics Research, Llc Loudspeaker magnet and earphone assembly
CN206885707U (zh) 2017-05-09 2018-01-16 硅湖职业技术学院 一体式手机包装盒
US9985596B1 (en) * 2017-05-15 2018-05-29 Bose Corporation Acoustic device
CN107094273A (zh) 2017-05-23 2017-08-25 诸爱道 安全的耳机
CN107105363A (zh) * 2017-06-08 2017-08-29 歌尔科技有限公司 颈戴式智能音箱
CN207340117U (zh) 2017-07-18 2018-05-08 深圳市深印柔性电路有限公司 用于耳机的异形fpc板
WO2019017036A1 (ja) * 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 ソニー株式会社 音響出力装置
CN207070281U (zh) * 2017-08-18 2018-03-02 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN207075075U (zh) * 2017-09-01 2018-03-06 珠海煌荣集成电路科技有限公司 一种虚拟低音生成电路及音频设备
CN207340125U (zh) * 2017-09-06 2018-05-08 深圳市冠旭电子股份有限公司 一种运动耳机
CN107509147B (zh) * 2017-09-21 2023-12-12 惠州迪芬尼声学科技股份有限公司 一种具有u形短路环的扬声器磁路系统
CN109379654B (zh) 2017-10-05 2020-08-04 诸爱道 一种降噪空气导管麦克风、降噪安全耳机及降噪安全蓝牙耳机
EP3468228B1 (en) * 2017-10-05 2021-08-11 GN Hearing A/S Binaural hearing system with localization of sound sources
CN107820169A (zh) * 2017-10-18 2018-03-20 深圳精拓创新科技有限公司 扬声器及提高扬声器灵敏度的方法
CN208210280U (zh) * 2018-01-08 2018-12-07 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导扬声器的磁路组件
US10555071B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2020-02-04 Bose Corporation Eyeglass headphones
US10380989B1 (en) * 2018-02-22 2019-08-13 Cirrus Logic, Inc. Methods and apparatus for processing stereophonic audio content
WO2019173577A1 (en) 2018-03-08 2019-09-12 Bose Corporation Audio content engine for audio augmented reality
WO2019173573A1 (en) 2018-03-08 2019-09-12 Bose Corporation User-interfaces for audio-augmented-reality
CN207939700U (zh) * 2018-03-14 2018-10-02 东莞市和乐电子有限公司 一种独立分频的多单元耳机
US10904667B1 (en) * 2018-03-19 2021-01-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Compact audio module for head-mounted wearable device
CN108650597B (zh) * 2018-04-12 2020-06-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种密封组件、壳体组件及电子设备
CN108535585B (zh) 2018-04-18 2023-05-02 丹阳市精通眼镜技术创新服务中心有限公司 一种光电复合式线盘断线检测眼镜及其制作方法
CN208297647U (zh) 2018-04-18 2018-12-28 丹阳市精通眼镜技术创新服务中心有限公司 一种光电复合式线盘断线检测眼镜
CN108712695B (zh) * 2018-05-18 2021-02-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种麦克风模组、印制电路板pcb的制造方法及终端
CN108898516B (zh) 2018-05-30 2020-06-16 贝壳找房(北京)科技有限公司 在虚拟三维空间讲房模式进功能间的方法、服务器和终端
CN208572417U (zh) * 2018-06-28 2019-03-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种移动终端
CN109032558B (zh) * 2018-07-23 2021-08-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 发声控制方法、装置、电子装置及计算机可读介质
CN109151680B (zh) * 2018-07-27 2020-09-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 电子设备
US11113884B2 (en) 2018-07-30 2021-09-07 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Techniques for immersive virtual reality experiences
CN208783039U (zh) * 2018-08-24 2019-04-23 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机及眼镜
CN209267805U (zh) 2019-01-05 2019-08-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导耳机芯及骨传导扬声装置
US10609465B1 (en) 2018-10-04 2020-03-31 Bose Corporation Acoustic device
US10506362B1 (en) 2018-10-05 2019-12-10 Bose Corporation Dynamic focus for audio augmented reality (AR)
CN208675298U (zh) * 2018-10-12 2019-03-29 上海闻泰信息技术有限公司 导音结构及便携式电子设备
US10631075B1 (en) * 2018-11-12 2020-04-21 Bose Corporation Open ear audio device with bone conduction speaker
WO2020116333A1 (ja) * 2018-12-04 2020-06-11 株式会社アイゾーンジャパン 眼鏡
CN209184799U (zh) 2019-01-05 2019-07-30 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 电池组件及骨传导扬声装置
CN114679656A (zh) 2019-01-05 2022-06-28 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 电池组件及骨传导扬声装置
CN117528315A (zh) 2019-01-05 2024-02-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN117528319A (zh) * 2019-01-05 2024-02-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN109547906B (zh) 2019-01-05 2023-12-08 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN209358728U (zh) 2019-01-05 2019-09-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN109640209B (zh) * 2019-01-24 2021-02-09 合肥星空物联信息科技有限公司 一种基于传感器智能操作的蓝牙耳机
US10812896B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-10-20 Facebook Technologies, Llc High compliance microspeakers for vibration mitigation in a personal audio device
WO2020220722A1 (zh) * 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种声学输出装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106303779A (zh) * 2015-06-03 2017-01-04 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 耳机
CN108370465A (zh) * 2015-12-14 2018-08-03 哈曼贝克自动系统股份有限公司 耳机布置
CN108702561A (zh) * 2016-01-12 2018-10-23 伯斯有限公司 耳机
CN108886645A (zh) * 2016-03-29 2018-11-23 索尼公司 声音再现装置
CN206865707U (zh) * 2017-06-20 2018-01-09 李阳君 一种新型的耳机导音结构

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112738680A (zh) * 2020-12-24 2021-04-30 王鑫洪 一种挂耳式个人音响设备
WO2022135192A1 (zh) * 2020-12-24 2022-06-30 深圳市珑为科技有限公司 一种挂耳式个人音响设备
RU2807021C1 (ru) * 2021-04-25 2023-11-08 Шэньчжэнь Шокз Ко., Лтд. Наушники
CN114554340A (zh) * 2022-01-07 2022-05-27 深圳市丰景晟电子科技有限公司 一种具有新型气导传感结构的开放式耳机
CN114554340B (zh) * 2022-01-07 2022-12-30 深圳市丰景晟电子科技有限公司 一种具有新型气导传感结构的开放式耳机

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020221169A1 (en) 2020-11-05
US20230145038A1 (en) 2023-05-11
US11838712B2 (en) 2023-12-05
US11671737B2 (en) 2023-06-06
US11856351B2 (en) 2023-12-26
US11445281B2 (en) 2022-09-13
WO2020220734A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US11178477B2 (en) 2021-11-16
US11985465B2 (en) 2024-05-14
US20240073579A1 (en) 2024-02-29
US20230007380A1 (en) 2023-01-05
US20210289281A1 (en) 2021-09-16
US20210168500A1 (en) 2021-06-03
US20220070570A1 (en) 2022-03-03
US12096176B2 (en) 2024-09-17
BR112021021750A2 (pt) 2021-12-28
JP2022531254A (ja) 2022-07-06
US11838713B2 (en) 2023-12-05
US20210168495A1 (en) 2021-06-03
US20230156390A1 (en) 2023-05-18
EP3952336A4 (en) 2022-05-18
US20240205582A1 (en) 2024-06-20
US20230070507A1 (en) 2023-03-09
US20230141946A1 (en) 2023-05-11
WO2020220738A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US11689837B2 (en) 2023-06-27
US20210377645A1 (en) 2021-12-02
US11818529B2 (en) 2023-11-14
KR102511669B1 (ko) 2023-03-21
WO2020220724A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US20210127200A1 (en) 2021-04-29
US11930314B2 (en) 2024-03-12
BR112021021739A2 (pt) 2021-12-28
US12075207B2 (en) 2024-08-27
WO2020220721A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US20240171892A1 (en) 2024-05-23
EP3952331A1 (en) 2022-02-09
WO2020220723A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US20210160606A1 (en) 2021-05-27
WO2020221337A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US11503395B2 (en) 2022-11-15
US11595745B2 (en) 2023-02-28
KR20220017908A (ko) 2022-02-14
EP3942844A1 (en) 2022-01-26
US20230109699A1 (en) 2023-04-13
US11689838B2 (en) 2023-06-27
US20210160610A1 (en) 2021-05-27
US20210160602A1 (en) 2021-05-27
WO2020221254A1 (en) 2020-11-05
US11985466B2 (en) 2024-05-14
US11540037B2 (en) 2022-12-27
US20210223577A1 (en) 2021-07-22
US20210227306A1 (en) 2021-07-22
US11706556B2 (en) 2023-07-18
US11425481B2 (en) 2022-08-23
US20210112329A1 (en) 2021-04-15
US20230396912A1 (en) 2023-12-07
WO2020220736A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US11678098B2 (en) 2023-06-13
US20210168498A1 (en) 2021-06-03
US11122359B2 (en) 2021-09-14
WO2020220735A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US11496824B2 (en) 2022-11-08
US11917352B2 (en) 2024-02-27
US20230276161A1 (en) 2023-08-31
JP2022530813A (ja) 2022-07-01
US20230066263A1 (en) 2023-03-02
US11115774B2 (en) 2021-09-07
WO2020221163A1 (en) 2020-11-05
US20210271115A1 (en) 2021-09-02
US20210243518A1 (en) 2021-08-05
US11743627B2 (en) 2023-08-29
US20230171528A1 (en) 2023-06-01
US20220264212A1 (en) 2022-08-18
US11622186B2 (en) 2023-04-04
US20230232145A1 (en) 2023-07-20
US20220021963A1 (en) 2022-01-20
US20210274281A1 (en) 2021-09-02
US20210235181A1 (en) 2021-07-29
US20230156391A1 (en) 2023-05-18
KR20220017905A (ko) 2022-02-14
US11457301B2 (en) 2022-09-27
US20210274278A1 (en) 2021-09-02
JP2022531256A (ja) 2022-07-06
EP3952331A4 (en) 2022-05-18
US20210168554A1 (en) 2021-06-03
US12010475B2 (en) 2024-06-11
EP3942844A4 (en) 2022-08-10
US20230336902A1 (en) 2023-10-19
WO2020221359A1 (en) 2020-11-05
US20220386012A1 (en) 2022-12-01
KR20220017904A (ko) 2022-02-14
JP7524219B2 (ja) 2024-07-29
US11570536B2 (en) 2023-01-31
US20230012124A1 (en) 2023-01-12
US11490188B2 (en) 2022-11-01
WO2020220737A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
WO2020220947A1 (en) 2020-11-05
WO2020220722A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
WO2020220970A1 (en) 2020-11-05
BR112021021746A2 (pt) 2021-12-28
US11653134B2 (en) 2023-05-16
US11356763B2 (en) 2022-06-07
US11671738B2 (en) 2023-06-06
US20210168485A1 (en) 2021-06-03
WO2020220720A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
KR102533573B1 (ko) 2023-05-19
KR102533570B1 (ko) 2023-05-19
US20210185421A1 (en) 2021-06-17
US20210168494A1 (en) 2021-06-03
WO2020220719A1 (zh) 2020-11-05
US20230276160A1 (en) 2023-08-31
US20210127197A1 (en) 2021-04-29
US20220030347A1 (en) 2022-01-27
JP7333829B2 (ja) 2023-08-25
US11540038B2 (en) 2022-12-27
US11516572B2 (en) 2022-11-29
US11425482B2 (en) 2022-08-23
EP3952336A1 (en) 2022-02-09
US11159870B2 (en) 2021-10-26
JP2023179772A (ja) 2023-12-19
US20210274276A1 (en) 2021-09-02
US20210274280A1 (en) 2021-09-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020220733A1 (zh) 一种开放双耳式耳机
JP7528199B2 (ja) 音響出力装置
US20210067858A1 (en) Open Audio Device
CN217643682U (zh) 一种开放式耳机
US20160134958A1 (en) Sound transmission systems and devices having earpieces
US20210219067A1 (en) Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage
JP2024500180A (ja) 耳掛け式パーソナル音響装置
WO2022126592A1 (zh) 一种声学输出装置
WO2023245661A1 (zh) 一种耳机
RU2782985C1 (ru) Акустическое выходное устройство
CN117336642A (zh) 一种耳机
US20220408172A1 (en) Acoustic output apparatus
US20230362557A1 (en) Systems and methods for suppressing sound leakage

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20798822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20798822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1